NewzIntel.com

    • Checkout Page
    • Contact Us
    • Default Redirect Page
    • Frontpage
    • Home-2
    • Home-3
    • Lost Password
    • Member Login
    • Member LogOut
    • Member TOS Page
    • My Account
    • NewzIntel Alert Control-Panel
    • NewzIntel Latest Reports
    • Post Views Counter
    • Privacy Policy
    • Public Individual Page
    • Register
    • Subscription Plan
    • Thank You Page

Category: Artificial Intelligence

  • MIL-OSI: Check Point Software Reports 2025 First Quarter Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TEL AVIV, Israel, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Check Point® Software Technologies Ltd. (NASDAQ: CHKP), today announced its financial results for the quarter ended March 31st, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights:

    • Cash Flow from Operations: $421 million, a 17 percent increase year over year
    • Calculated Billings* reached $553 million, a 7 percent increase year over year
    • Remaining Performance Obligation (RPO)**: $2.4 billion, an 11 percent increase year over year
    • Total Revenues: $638 million, a 7 percent increase year over year
    • Products & Licenses Revenues: $114 million, a 14 percent increase year over year
    • Security Subscriptions Revenues: $291 million, a 10 percent increase year over year
    • GAAP Operating Income: $196 million, representing 31 percent of total revenues
    • Non-GAAP Operating Income: $259 million, representing 41 percent of total revenues
    • GAAP EPS: $1.71, a 7 percent increase year over year
    • Non-GAAP EPS: $2.21, a 9 percent increase year over year

    “The first quarter results have provided a solid foundation to expand upon as we progress through the year.  Strong demand for our Quantum Force appliances, fueled by refresh cycles and new projects delivered double-digit year-over-year growth in products and licenses revenues,” stated CEO Nadav Zafrir. “The AI-driven Infinity Platform, featuring a Hybrid Mesh Architecture, continues to resonate with customers and delivered another quarter of impressive double-digit year-over-year growth.”

    For information regarding the non-GAAP financial measures discussed in this release, as well as a reconciliation of such non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, please see below “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information” and “Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Information.”

    Conference Call & Video Cast Information
    Check Point will host a conference call with the investment community on April 23, 2025, at 8:30 AM ET/5:30 AM PT. To listen to the live videocast or replay, please visit the website www.checkpoint.com/ir.

    Second Quarter 2025 Investor Conference Participation Schedule

    • Barclays Americas Select Franchise Conference 2025
      May 6, 2025, London, UK – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • J.P. Morgan 53rd Annual Technology, Media, and Telecom Conference
      May 13-15, 2025, Boston, MA – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • Oppenheimer 26th Annual Israeli Conference
      May 18, 2025, Tel Aviv, Israel – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • TD Cowen 53rd Annual TMT Conference
      May 28, 2025, NY, NY – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • Jefferies Software Summit
      May 29, 2025, Newport Coast, CA – Fireside Chat &1×1’s
    • Stifel 2025 Cross Sector 1×1 Conference
      June 3, 2025, Boston, MA – 1×1’s
    • Baird 2025 Global Consumer, Technology & Services Conference
      June 4, 2025, SF, CA – 1×1’s
    • Bank of America Merrill Lynch 2025 Global Technology Conference
      June 5, 2025, SF, CA – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • TD Cowen 2nd Annual Corporate Access Day
      June 17, 2025, Toronto, Canada – 1×1’s

    Members of Check Point’s management team are expected to present at these conferences and discuss the latest company strategies and initiatives. Check Point’s conference presentations are expected to be available via webcast on the company’s web site. To hear these presentations and access the most updated information please visit the company’s web site at www.checkpoint.com/ir. The schedule is subject to change.

    Follow Check Point via:
    Twitter: http://www.twitter.com/checkpointsw
    Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/checkpointsoftware
    Blog: http://blog.checkpoint.com
    YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/user/CPGlobal
    LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/check-point-software-technologies

    About Check Point Software Technologies Ltd.
    Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. (http://www.checkpoint.com) is a leading AI-powered, cloud-delivered cyber security platform provider protecting over 100,000 organizations worldwide. Check Point leverages the power of AI everywhere to enhance cyber security efficiency and accuracy through its Infinity Platform, with industry-leading catch rates enabling proactive threat anticipation and smarter, faster response times. The comprehensive platform includes cloud-delivered technologies consisting of Check Point Harmony to secure the workspace, Check Point CloudGuard to secure the cloud, Check Point Quantum to secure the network, and Check Point Infinity Core Services for collaborative security operations and services.

    Legal Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. Forward-looking statements in this press release include, but are not limited to, expectations regarding our products and solutions, and our participation in investor conferences and other events during the second quarter of 2025. Our expectations and beliefs regarding these matters may not materialize, and actual results or events in the future are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those projected. These risks include our ability to continue to develop platform capabilities and solutions; customer acceptance and purchase of our existing solutions and new solutions; the market for IT security continuing to develop; competition from other products and services; appointments and departures of our executive officers; and general market, political, economic, and business conditions, including acts of terrorism or war. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are also subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those more fully described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2025. The forward-looking statements in this press release are based on information available to Check Point as of the date hereof, and Check Point disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except as required by law.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information
    In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, Check Point uses non-GAAP measures of operating income, net income and earnings per diluted share, which are adjustments from results based on GAAP to exclude, as applicable, stock-based compensation expenses, amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses and the related tax affects. Check Point’s management believes the non-GAAP financial information provided in this release is useful to investors’ understanding and assessment of Check Point’s ongoing core operations and prospects for the future. Historically, Check Point has also publicly presented these supplemental non-GAAP financial measures to assist the investment community to see the company “through the eyes of management,” and thereby enhance understanding of its operating performance. The presentation of this non-GAAP financial information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for results prepared in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures discussed in this press release to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is included with the financial statements contained in this press release. Management uses both GAAP and non-GAAP information in evaluating and operating business internally and as such has determined that it is important to provide this information to investors.

    * Calculated Billings is a measure that we defined as total revenues recognized in accordance with GAAP plus the change in Total Deferred Revenues during the period.

    ** Remaining Performance Obligation (RPO) is a measure that represents the total value of non-cancellable contracted products and/or services that are yet to be recognized as Revenue as of March 31, 2025.

    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
     
    (Unaudited, in millions, except per share amounts)
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
      2025   2024
    Revenues:      
    Products and licenses $ 114.1   $ 100.3
    Security subscriptions   290.6     263.4
    Total revenues from products and security subscriptions   404.7     363.7
    Software updates, maintenance and services   233.1     235.1
    Total revenues   637.8     598.8
           
    Operating expenses:      
    Cost of products and licenses   23.0     19.9
    Cost of security subscriptions   21.4     16.5
    Total cost of products and security subscriptions   44.4     36.4
    Cost of Software updates and maintenance   32.1     28.7
    Amortization of technology   7.6     5.8
    Total cost of revenues   84.1     70.9
           
    Research and development   102.1     99.2
    Selling and marketing   225.4     206.2
    General and administrative   30.7     28.6
    Total operating expenses   442.3     404.9
           
    Operating income   195.5     193.9
    Financial income, net   27.3     22.6
    Income before taxes on income   222.8     216.5
    Taxes on income   31.9     32.6
    Net income $ 190.9   $ 183.9
    Basic earnings per share $ 1.77   $ 1.64
    Number of shares used in computing basic earnings per share   107.9     112.3
    Diluted earnings per share $ 1.71   $ 1.60
    Number of shares used in computing diluted earnings per share   111.4     115.2
    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    SELECTED FINANCIAL METRICS
     
    (Unaudited, in millions, except per share amounts)
     
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
        2025   2024
             
    Revenues   $ 637.8   $ 598.8
    Non-GAAP operating income     258.6     252.0
    Non-GAAP net income     246.2     234.5
    Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share   $ 2.21   $ 2.04
    Number of shares used in computing diluted Non-GAAP earnings per share     111.4     115.2
    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     
    (Unaudited, in millions, except per share amounts)
     
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    GAAP operating income   $ 195.5     $ 193.9  
    Stock-based compensation (1)     41.2       41.6  
    Amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses (2) (*)     21.9       16.5  
    Non-GAAP operating income   $ 258.6     $ 252.0  
             
    GAAP net income   $ 190.9     $ 183.9  
    Stock-based compensation (1)     41.2       41.6  
    Amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses (2) (*)     21.9       16.5  
    Taxes on the above items (3)     (7.8 )     (7.5 )
    Non-GAAP net income   $ 246.2     $ 234.5  
             
    GAAP diluted earnings per share   $ 1.71     $ 1.60  
    Stock-based compensation (1)     0.37       0.36  
    Amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses (2) (*)     0.2       0.15  
    Taxes on the above items (3)     (0.07 )     (0.07 )
    Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share   $ 2.21     $ 2.04  
             
    Number of shares used in computing diluted Non-GAAP earnings per share     111.4       115.2  
             
    (1) Stock-based compensation:        
    Cost of products and licenses   $ 0.1     $ 0.1  
    Cost of software updates and maintenance     2.1       2.2  
    Research and development     14.7       14.7  
    Selling and marketing     14.6       15.9  
    General and administrative     9.7       8.7  
          41.2       41.6  
             
    (2) Amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses (*):        
    Amortization of technology-cost of revenues     7.6       5.8  
    Research and development     1.5       1.6  
    Selling and marketing     12.8       9.1  
          21.9       16.5  

    (3) Taxes on the above items

        (7.8 )     (7.5 )
    Total, net   $ 55.3     $ 50.6  
     

    (*) While amortization of acquired intangible assets is excluded from the measures, the revenue of the acquired companies is reflected in the measures and the acquired assets contribute to revenue generation.

    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA

    (In millions)

    ASSETS

     
          March 31,   December 31,
          2025
    (Unaudited)
      2024
    (Audited)
    Current assets:          
    Cash and cash equivalents     $ 450.2   $ 506.2
    Marketable securities and short-term deposits       1,012.0     865.7
    Trade receivables, net       399.7     728.8
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets       94.5     92.7
    Total current assets       1,956.4     2,193.4
               
    Long-term assets:          
    Marketable securities       1,469.8     1,411.9
    Property and equipment, net       83.0     80.8
    Deferred tax asset, net       80.6     74.7
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net       1,877.9     1,897.1
    Other assets       90.2     96.6
    Total long-term assets       3,601.5     3,561.1
               
    Total assets     $ 5,557.9   $ 5,754.5
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
     
    Current liabilities:          
    Deferred revenues     $ 1,389.8     $ 1,471.3  
    Trade payables and other accrued liabilities       394.8       472.9  
    Total current liabilities       1,784.6       1,944.2  
               
    Long-term liabilities:          
    Long-term deferred revenues       525.6       529.0  
    Income tax accrual       467.4       459.6  
    Other long-term liabilities       31.8       32.3  
    Total long-term liabilities       1,024.8       1,020.9  
               
    Total liabilities       2,809.4       2,965.1  
               
    Shareholders’ equity:          
    Share capital       0.8       0.8  
    Additional paid-in capital       3,125.5       3,049.5  
    Treasury shares at cost       (14,579.6 )     (14,264.4 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive gain       (2.9 )     (10.3 )
    Retained earnings       14,204.7       14,013.8  
    Total shareholders’ equity       2,748.5       2,789.4  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity     $ 5,557.9     $ 5,754.5  
    Total cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and short-term deposits     $ 2,932.0     $ 2,783.8  
    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW DATA
     
    (Unaudited, in millions)
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Cash flow from operating activities:      
    Net income $ 190.9     $ 183.9  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation of property and equipment   5.2       7.3  
    Amortization of intangible assets   19.2       13.5  
    Stock-based compensation   41.2       41.6  
    Realized loss on marketable securities   0.1       –  
    Decrease in trade and other receivables, net   329.4       265.4  
    Decrease in deferred revenues, trade payables and other accrued liabilities   (142.1 )     (140.6 )
    Deferred income taxes, net   (22.8 )     (10.1 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities   421.1       361.0  
           
    Cash flow from investing activities:      
    Investment in property and equipment   (7.4 )     (6.5 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (7.4 )     (6.5 )
           
    Cash flow from financing activities:      
    Proceeds from issuance of shares upon exercise of options   46.0       45.6  
    Purchase of treasury shares   (325.0 )     (325.0 )
    Payments related to shares withheld for taxes   (1.5 )     (1.1 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (280.5 )     (280.5 )
           
    Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net   15.0       1.6  
           
    Increase in cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and short-term deposits   148.2       75.6  
           
    Cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and short-term deposits at the beginning of the period   2,783.8       2,959.7  
           
    Cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and short-term deposits at the end of the period $ 2,932.0     $ 3,035.3  

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Russia: Consul General of China in St. Petersburg visited Polytech

    Translartion. Region: Russians Fedetion –

    Source: Peter the Great St Petersburg Polytechnic University – Peter the Great St Petersburg Polytechnic University –

    Consul General of the People’s Republic of China in St. Petersburg Luo Zhanhui visited Peter the Great St. Petersburg Polytechnic University as part of a working visit dedicated to strengthening scientific and educational cooperation between the two countries.

    At a meeting with SPbPU Rector, Academician of the Russian Academy of Sciences Andrey Rudskoy, Luo Zhanhui discussed key areas of cooperation, including the development of joint educational programs, scientific research, and technology projects. Andrey Rudskoy emphasized that China remains one of the university’s most important strategic partners.

    “We have come a long way from simple academic exchanges to the creation of joint institutes and laboratories. Today, SPbPU cooperates with more than 75 Chinese universities, and our graduates work in leading corporations and research centers in China. Projects in the field of additive technologies, artificial intelligence and biomedicine are especially valuable, where the combination of the Russian fundamental approach and Chinese speed of implementation yields impressive results,” Andrey Rudskoy emphasized.

    The Rector of SPbPU also noted that the university is actively developing digital educational platforms, including hosting online courses on the Chinese platform XueTangX, and expressed interest in expanding cooperation with industrial enterprises in the context of global technological challenges.

    The Consul General got acquainted with the experience of using additive manufacturing technologies at the Polytechnic University. In the laboratories of the Institute of Mechanical Engineering, Materials and Transport, he was shown metal products printed using the method of selective laser melting of metal powders, electric arc growth from wire. The products successfully passed functional tests and are currently used in industry, medicine, energy and other areas. In addition to metal parts, products made of carbon fiber and ceramics were presented, manufactured using 3D printing technologies, such as coextrusion of continuous carbon fibers based on FFF technology and jet application of a binder.

    The delegation visited the world-class Scientific Center “Advanced Digital Technologies” (NCMT), where Deputy Head of the Engineering Center Nikolay Efimov-Soini presented key achievements.

    The guests were particularly interested in developments in the field of digital twins, including the national standard GOST R 57700.37-2021, which was recognized in China and included in the list of mutually recognized standards in the aircraft industry.

    “This standard is the result of many years of work by our scientists. Its adoption in China opens up new opportunities for joint projects, especially in high-tech industries,” said Nikolai Efimov-Soini.

    The guests were shown the CML-Bench® Digital Platform, which allows for the acceleration of the development and certification of complex engineering products. The platform is used in ten industries, including aircraft manufacturing, energy, and medicine.

    “We actively cooperate with Chinese partners, including joint research in the field of digital testing. For example, in November 2023, our specialists presented a “digital certification” methodology at the MPE Testing Technology Conference 2023 in China, which reduces the costs of field testing,” added Nikolay Efimov-Soini.

    During the excursion, the delegation got acquainted with the work of the Advanced Engineering School of SPbPU “Digital Engineering”, where specialists are trained for Industry 4.0 tasks. Consul General Luo Zhanhui highly praised the potential of the center: “I am confident that the integration of the competencies of SPbPU and Chinese technology companies will allow us to create breakthrough solutions for the global market.”

    The visit ended with an informal meeting of the Consul General with Chinese students of SPbPU. Luo Zhanhui emphasized the importance of young people in strengthening Russian-Chinese relations: “You are a bridge between our countries. Your knowledge and energy will help create new technologies that will change the world. I am confident that Polytechnic University graduates will become drivers of progress in both China and Russia.”

    Students shared their impressions of their studies and plans for the future, noting the high level of teaching and opportunities for research.

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    MIL OSI Russia News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Europe: The global economy needs institutions like the IMF | Guest contribution by Joachim Nagel in the Börsen-Zeitung

    Source: Deutsche Bundesbank in English

    As finance ministers and central bank governors from around the world gather in Washington, DC for the IMF Spring Meetings, international economic relations are more strained than most of us have probably ever experienced.
    At a time when the rules-based global order is under imminent threat, it is up to all of us to defend this global order and the institutions upon which it is built. I see an urgent need for policymakers to clearly articulate the benefits that these institutions and a stable international monetary system deliver for all countries.
    The IMF ranks among the most important international organisations. It helps preserve the stability of the global monetary and financial system by providing its member countries with policy advice or, if necessary, financial assistance to prevent and overcome economic and financial crises. The IMF is a cornerstone of the rules-based international monetary system that is so vital for our prosperity.
    One enduring feature of the IMF is its strong ability to adapt to evolving global economic conditions, in part because it regularly evaluates the design of its frameworks and policies. Indeed, the IMF is planning to review two fundamental areas – the conduct of surveillance and the design of its lending programmes, including conditionality – in the near future.
    Surveillance is the IMF’s key crisis prevention tool. Given the current challenges, it is crucial to keep our understanding of international spillover effects up to date at all times. Significant progress has been made since the global financial crisis, but we still need to improve what we know about how economic developments are transmitted from one country to another. Despite signs of fragmentation, our world is still very much interconnected and the economic linkages have grown in complexity in recent years. Needless to say, changing trade patterns are a factor in this. But enhanced analyses are also needed for the financial sector. That’s a task the IMF is uniquely placed to perform.
    Furthermore, factors like artificial intelligence, digital money and the move towards a more multipolar world will significantly affect our economies. We need to know more about their impact on global monetary and financial stability. Climate-related risks such as floods, droughts and storms can take their toll on banks’ and insurers’ balance sheets. Political uncertainty and geoeconomic fragmentation will also affect the financial sector and real economy. By understanding the systemic implications of these trends, we will be better equipped to overcome the challenges that lie ahead.
    Unfortunately, though, crisis prevention is only part of the story. When crises do occur, IMF lending plays a hugely important role. To make sure the funds are used effectively, they are granted subject to conditions as a way of ensuring that a crisis can be overcome.
    Currently, in some programmes, funds are disbursed early, while policy actions only need to be implemented later. I would suggest – where feasible – bringing policy actions forward and pushing back disbursements. This would enhance programme effectiveness and help make more efficient use of the funds. In addition, including contingency measures more often could help programmes respond more flexibly to unforeseen events.
    The global economy needs global institutions like the IMF. It is a cornerstone of the global monetary and financial system, and thus also of our collective well-being. Let me be clear: the Bundesbank and I are committed to the IMF as an important player in promoting economic and financial stability and thus also our prosperity.

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Europe News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: BE Semiconductor Industries N.V. Announces Q1-25 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Q1-25 Revenue of € 144.1 Million and Net Income of € 31.5 Million
    Orders of € 131.9 Million Up 8.2% vs. Q4-24

    DUIVEN, The Netherlands, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — BE Semiconductor Industries N.V. (the “Company” or “Besi”) (Euronext Amsterdam: BESI; OTC markets: BESIY), a leading manufacturer of assembly equipment for the semiconductor industry, today announced its results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Key Highlights

    • Revenue of € 144.1 million, down 6.1% vs. Q4-24 due primarily to lower shipments for high-end mobile applications. Vs. Q1-24, down 1.5% due to lower shipments for mobile and automotive applications partially offset by strong growth in hybrid bonding and other AI related computing applications
    • Orders of € 131.9 million up 8.2% vs. Q4-24 primarily due to increased bookings by Asian subcontractors for AI related data center applications. Up 3.3% vs. Q1-24 due to higher bookings for hybrid bonding and other advanced computing applications  
    • Gross margin of 63.6% decreased by 0.4 points vs. Q4-24 and 3.6 points vs. Q1-24 due primarily to a less favorable product mix and, to a lesser extent, adverse net forex influences
    • Net income of € 31.5 million decreased 46.9% vs. Q4-24 primarily due to the absence of an € 18.2 million net tax benefit recognized in Q4-24, lower revenue and higher consulting costs. Down 7.4% vs. Q1-24 primarily due to lower revenue and gross margins partially offset by an 8.9% decrease in operating expenses. Similarly, Besi’s net margin declined to 21.9% vs. 38.6% in Q4-24 and 23.2% in Q1-24
    • Ex share-based incentive compensation and tax benefits, Besi’s adjusted net income (net margin) was € 35.9 million (24.9%) in Q1-25 vs. € 43.2 million (28.2%) in Q4-24 and € 49.5 million (33.8%) in Q1-24
    • Net cash of € 159.4 million increased € 15.6 million, or 10.8%, vs. Q4-24

    Outlook   

    • Revenue expected to be flat (plus or minus 10%) vs. € 144.1 million reported in Q1-25
    • Gross margin expected to range between 62-64% vs. 63.6% realized in Q1-25
    • Operating expenses expected to decrease 0-10% vs. € 52.5 million in Q1-25
    (€ millions, except EPS) Q1-2025 Q4-2024 Δ Q1-2024 Δ
    Revenue 144.1 153.4 -6.1% 146.3 -1.5%
    Orders 131.9 121.9 +8.2% 127.7 +3.3%
    Gross Margin 63.6% 64.0% -0.4 67.2% -3.6
    Operating Income 39.3 50.6 -22.3% 40.7 -3.4%
    EBITDA 46.6 58.0 -19.7% 47.5 -1.9%
    Net Income* 31.5 59.3 -46.9% 34.0 -7.4%
    Net Margin* 21.9 38.6% -16.7 23.2% -1.3
    EPS (basic) 0.40 0.75 -46.7% 0.44 -9.1%
    EPS (diluted) 0.40 0.74 -45.9% 0.44 -9.1%
    Net Cash and Deposits 159.4 143.8 +10.8% 180.9 -11.9%

    * Excluding share-based compensation expense and an € 18.2 million net tax benefit recognized in Q4-24, Besi’s adjusted net income (net margin) would have been € 35.9 million (24.9%), € 43.2 million (28.2%) and € 49.5 million (33.8%) in Q1-25, Q4-24 and Q1-24, respectively.

    Richard W. Blickman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Besi, commented:
    “Besi reported solid first quarter results and important new advanced packaging orders in a challenging market environment. Revenue of € 144.1 million was down 1.5% versus Q1-24 due to ongoing weakness in mobile and automotive end user markets partially offset by strong revenue growth from hybrid bonding and other AI related computing applications. In contrast, orders increased 3.3% versus Q1-24 and 8.2% versus Q4-24 due primarily to increased bookings by Asian subcontractors for AI related data center applications which more than offset weakness in mobile, automotive and Chinese end user markets.

    Of note, significant progress was made on Besi’s wafer level assembly agenda this quarter as we received hybrid bonding orders from two leading memory producers for HBM 4 applications as well as follow-on orders from a leading Asian foundry for logic applications. Further, important announcements were made by two leading semiconductor producers with respect to future hybrid bonding applications such as ASICs and co packaged optics. In addition, a leading US logic manufacturer successfully began production of AI related logic devices utilizing Besi’s hybrid bonders in integrated production lines.

    Besi’s profitability in Q1-25 remained at attractive levels despite ongoing weakness in mainstream assembly markets and expanded R&D investment in next generation assembly solutions for AI applications. Net income of € 31.5 million decreased 7.4% vs. Q1-24 primarily due to lower revenue and gross margins realized partially offset by an 8.9% decrease in operating expenses. Our gross margin has trended toward the lower end of our target range over the past three quarters due primarily to a less favorable product mix, particularly with respect to high-end smartphones, and net forex headwinds beginning in the second half of 2024 from adverse movements in some of our principal transaction currencies versus the euro. In addition, cash flow generation remains very positive with net cash at quarter end increasing 10.8% vs. Q4-24 to reach € 159.4 million.

    On April 14, Applied Materials announced a 9% ownership position in Besi. Besi and Applied Materials have been successfully collaborating since 2020 to co-develop the industry’s first fully integrated equipment solution for die-based hybrid bonding. The collaboration brings together Applied’s expertise in front-end wafer and chip processing with Besi’s leadership position in bonding accuracy and speed. We view their shareholding as a strategic, long-term investment and a further validation of our wafer level assembly technology and strategy.

    Our business development this year reflects the contrasting growth trends seen in the assembly equipment market between AI and mainstream applications. The timing and trajectory of a mainstream assembly upturn is more difficult to predict now given new tariff uncertainties. However, demand for advanced packaging for AI applications remains strong given upcoming new device introductions and use cases planned in the 2026-2028 time period. We continue to assess the potential impact of tariffs on Besi’s customers, supply chain and end user markets. For Q2-25, we forecast that revenue will be flat plus or minus 10% versus Q1-25 with gross margins in a range of 62%-64%. In addition, aggregate operating expenses are forecast to decrease 0-10% versus Q1-25 primarily due to a reduction in strategic consulting costs.”

    Share Repurchase Activity
    During the quarter, Besi repurchased approximately 187,000 of its ordinary shares at an average price of € 117.95 per share for a total of € 22.1 million. Cumulatively, as of March 31, 2025, a total of € 51.4 million has been purchased under the current € 100 million share repurchase plan at an average price of € 114.64 per share. As of March 31, 2025, Besi held approximately 2.0 million shares in treasury equal to 2.5% of its shares outstanding.

    Investor and media conference call
    A conference call and webcast for investors and media will be held today at 4:00 pm CET (10:00 am EDT). To register for the conference call and/or to access the audio webcast and webinar slides, please visit www.besi.com.
    Important Dates  
    •  Annual General Meeting of Shareholders April 23, 2025
    •  Investor Day/Amsterdam June 12, 2025
    •  Publication Q2/semi-annual results July 24, 2025
    •  Publication Q3/nine-month results October 23, 2025
    •  Publication Q4/full year results February 2026
       
    Dividend Information*  
    •  Proposed ex-dividend date April 25, 2025
    •  Proposed record date April 28, 2025
    •  Proposed payment of 2024 dividend Starting May 2, 2025
       

    * Subject to approval at Besi’s AGM on April 23, 2025

    Basis of Presentation
    The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union. Reference is made to the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as included in our 2024 Annual Report, which is available on www.besi.com.

    Contacts:
    Richard W. Blickman, President & CEO
    Andrea Kopp-Battaglia, Senior Vice President Finance      
    Claudia Vissers, Executive Secretary/IR coordinator
    Edmond Franco, VP Corporate Development/US IR coordinator
    Michael Sullivan, Investor Relations
    Tel. (31) 26 319 4500
    investor.relations@besi.com

    About Besi
    Besi is a leading manufacturer of assembly equipment supplying a broad portfolio of advanced packaging solutions to the semiconductor and electronics industries. We offer customers high levels of accuracy, reliability and throughput at a lower cost of ownership with a principal focus on wafer level and substrate assembly solutions. Customers are primarily leading semiconductor manufacturers, foundries, assembly subcontractors and electronics and industrial companies. Besi’s ordinary shares are listed on Euronext Amsterdam (symbol: BESI). Its Level 1 ADRs are listed on the OTC markets (symbol: BESIY) and its headquarters are located in Duiven, the Netherlands. For more information, please visit our website at www.besi.com.

    Caution Concerning Forward Looking Statements
    This press release contains statements about management’s future expectations, plans and prospects of our business that constitute forward-looking statements, which are found in various places throughout the press release, including, but not limited to, statements relating to expectations of orders, net sales, product shipments, expenses, timing of purchases of assembly equipment by customers, gross margins, operating results and capital expenditures. The use of words such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “can”, “intend”, “believes”, “may”, “plan”, “predict”, “project”, “forecast”, “will”, “would”, and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. The financial guidance set forth under the heading “Outlook” contains such forward-looking statements. While these forward-looking statements represent our judgments and expectations concerning the development of our business, a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors could cause actual developments and results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements, including any inability to maintain continued demand for our products; failure of anticipated orders to materialize or postponement or cancellation of orders, generally without charges; the volatility in the demand for semiconductors and our products and services; the extent and duration of the COVID-19 and other global pandemics and the associated adverse impacts on the global economy, financial markets, global supply chains and our operations as well as those of our customers and suppliers; failure to develop new and enhanced products and introduce them at competitive price levels; failure to adequately decrease costs and expenses as revenues decline; loss of significant customers, including through industry consolidation or the emergence of industry alliances; lengthening of the sales cycle; acts of terrorism and violence; disruption or failure of our information technology systems; consolidation activity and industry alliances in the semiconductor industry that may result in further increased customer concentration, inability to forecast demand and inventory levels for our products; the integrity of product pricing and protection of our intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions; risks, such as changes in trade regulations, conflict minerals regulations, currency fluctuations, political instability and war, associated with substantial foreign customers, suppliers and foreign manufacturing operations, particularly to the extent occurring in the Asia Pacific region where we have a substantial portion of our production facilities; potential instability in foreign capital markets; the risk of failure to successfully manage our diverse operations; any inability to attract and retain skilled personnel, including as a result of restrictions on immigration, travel or the availability of visas for skilled technology workers.

    In addition, the United States and other countries have recently levied tariffs and taxes on certain goods and could significantly increase or impose new tariffs on a broad array of goods. They have imposed, and may continue to impose, new trade restrictions and export regulations. Increased or new tariffs and additional taxes, including any retaliatory measures, trade restrictions and export regulations, could negatively impact end-user demand and customer investment in semiconductor equipment, increase Besi’s supply chain complexity and manufacturing costs, decrease margins, reduce the competitiveness of our products or restrict our ability to sell products, provide services or purchase necessary equipment and supplies. Any or all of the foregoing factor could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, investors should consider those additional risk factors set forth in Besi’s annual report for the year ended December 31, 2024 and other key factors that could adversely affect our businesses and financial performance contained in our filings and reports, including our statutory consolidated statements. We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or alter our forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Consolidated Statements of Operations
     
    (€ thousands, except share and per share data) Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    (unaudited)
      2025 2024
         
    Revenue 144,145 146,314
    Cost of sales 52,423 48,043
         
    Gross profit 91,722 98,271
         
    Selling, general and administrative expenses 32,958 39,641
    Research and development expenses 19,502 17,919
         
    Total operating expenses 52,460 57,560
         
    Operating income 39,262 40,711
         
    Financial expense, net 2,959 589
         
    Income before taxes 36,303 40,122
         
    Income tax expense 4,797 6,143
         
    Net income 31,506 33,979
         
    Net income per share – basic 0.40 0.44
    Net income per share – diluted 0.40 0.44
         
    Number of shares used in computing per share amounts:    
    – basic 79,228,071 77,181,326
    – diluted 1 81,522,177 82,106,146

    _____________________________
    1) The calculation of diluted income per share assumes the exercise of equity settled share based payments and the conversion of all Convertible Notes outstanding

    Consolidated Balance Sheets
     
    (€ thousands) March
    31, 2025
    (unaudited)
    December
    31, 2024
    (audited)
    ASSETS    
         
    Cash and cash equivalents 405,736 342,319
    Deposits 280,000 330,000
    Trade receivables 170,440 181,862
    Inventories 103,836 103,285
    Other current assets 46,099 40,927
         
    Total current assets 1,006,111 998,393
         
    Property, plant and equipment 42,868 44,773
    Right of use assets 15,161 15,726
    Goodwill 45,610 46,010
    Other intangible assets 98,622 96,677
    Deferred tax assets 29,240 31,567
    Other non-current assets 1,347 1,330
         
    Total non-current assets 232,848 236,083
         
    Total assets 1,238,959 1,234,476
         
         
         
    Bank overdraft 840 776
    Current portion of long-term debt – 2,042
    Trade payables 46,598 52,630
    Other current liabilities 111,170 111,531
         
    Total current liabilities 158,608 166,979
         
    Long-term debt 525,493 525,653
    Lease liabilities 11,770 12,350
    Deferred tax liabilities 10,416 10,320
    Other non-current liabilities 19,328 17,910
         
    Total non-current liabilities 567,007 566,233
         
    Total equity 513,344 501,264
         
    Total liabilities and equity 1,238,959 1,234,476
    Consolidated Cash Flow Statements
     
    (€ thousands) Three Months Ended March 31,
    (unaudited)
     
      2025   2024  
         
    Cash flows from operating activities:    
         
    Income before income tax 36,303   40,122  
         
    Depreciation and amortization 7,307   6,813  
    Share based payment expense 4,441   16,900  
    Financial expense, net 2,959   589  
         
    Changes in working capital (2,113 ) (3,251 )
    Interest (paid) received (2,887 ) 1,169  
    Income tax (paid) received (1,575 ) (2,089 )
         
    Net cash provided by operating activities 44,435   60,253  
         
    Cash flows from investing activities:    
    Capital expenditures (1,733 ) (5,650 )
    Capitalized development expenses (6,737 ) (4,663 )
    Repayments of (investments in) deposits 50,000   10,000  
         
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 41,530   (313 )
         
    Cash flows from financing activities:    
    Proceeds from bank lines of credit 64   –  
    Payments of lease liabilities (1,114 ) (1,043 )
    Purchase of treasury shares (22,064 ) (14,779 )
         
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (23,114 ) (15,822 )
         
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 62,851   44,118  
    Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 566   (542 )
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period 342,319   188,477  
         
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 405,736   232,053  
    Supplemental Information (unaudited)
    (€ millions, unless stated otherwise)
     
    REVENUE Q1-2025 Q4-2024 Q3-2024 Q2-2024 Q1-2024
                         
    Per geography:                    
    China 40.5   28 % 42.8   28 % 45.5   29 % 57.5   38 % 58.5   40 %
    Asia Pacific (excl. China) 56.3   39 % 53.5   35 % 51.6   33 % 54.1   36 % 43.6   30 %
    EU / USA / Other 47.3   33 % 57.1   37 % 59.5   38 % 39.6   26 % 44.2   30 %
                         
    Total 144.1   100 % 153.4   100 % 156.6   100 % 151.2   100 % 146.3   100 %
                         
    ORDERS Q1-2025 Q4-2024 Q3-2024 Q2-2024 Q1-2024
                         
    Per geography:                    
    China 39.7   30 % 40.4   33 % 45.4   30 % 43.3   23 % 51.1   40 %
    Asia Pacific (excl. China) 51.7   39 % 38.8   32 % 69.3   46 % 72.0   39 % 45.0   35 %
    EU / USA / Other 40.5   31 % 42.7   35 % 37.1   24 % 69.9   38 % 31.6   25 %
                         
    Total 131.9   100 % 121.9   100 % 151.8   100 % 185.2   100 % 127.7   100 %
                         
    Per customer type:                    
    IDM 48.1   36 % 61.2   50 % 84.5   56 % 122.4   66 % 53.5   42 %
    Foundries/Subcontractors 83.8   64 % 60.7   50 % 67.3   44 % 62.8   34 % 74.2   58 %
                         
    Total 131.9   100 % 121.9   100 % 151.8   100 % 185.2   100 % 127.7   100 %
                         
    HEADCOUNT Mar 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024
                         
    Fixed staff (FTE) 1,820   88 % 1,812   93 % 1,807   87 % 1,783   86 % 1,760   88 %
    Temporary staff (FTE) 251   12 % 134   7 % 271   13 % 279   14 % 236   12 %
                         
    Total 2,071   100 % 1,946   100 % 2,078   100 % 2,062   100 % 1,996   100 %
                         
    OTHER FINANCIAL DATA Q1-2025 Q4-2024 Q3-2024 Q2-2024 Q1-2024
                         
    Gross profit 91.7   63.6 % 98.2   64.0 % 101.2   64.7 % 98.3   65.0 % 98.3   67.2 %
                         
                         
    Selling, general and admin expenses:                    
    As reported 33.0   22.9 % 28.6   18.6 % 27.3   17.4 % 30.5   20.2 % 39.6   27.1 %
    Share-based compensation expense (4.4 ) -3.1 % (2.9 ) -1.8 % (3.4 ) -2.1 % (6.9 ) -4.6 % (16.9 ) -11.6 %
                         
    SG&A expenses as adjusted 28.6   19.8 % 25.7   16.8 % 23.9   15.3 % 23.6   15.6 % 22.7   15.5 %
                         
                         
    Research and development expenses:                    
    As reported 19.5   13.5 % 19.0   12.4 % 18.9   12.1 % 18.5   12.2 % 17.9   12.2 %
    Capitalization of R&D charges 6.7   4.6 % 5.4   3.5 % 4.4   2.8 % 4.9   3.2 % 4.7   3.2 %
    Amortization of intangibles (3.7 ) -2.5 % (3.9 ) -2.5 % (3.9 ) -2.5 % (3.6 ) -2.3 % (3.6 ) -2.4 %
                         
    R&D expenses as adjusted 22.5   15.6 % 20.5   13.4 % 19.4   12.4 % 19.8   13.1 % 19.0   13.0 %
                         
                         
    Financial expense (income), net:                    
    Interest income (5.0 )   (5.1 )   (5.2 )   (3.0 )   (4.0 )  
    Interest expense 6.3     6.1     5.7     2.1     2.8    
    Net cost of hedging 1.8     2.0     1.9     1.4     1.6    
    Foreign exchange effects, net (0.1 )   0.9     (0.8 )   0.5     0.2    
                         
    Total 3.0     3.9     1.6     1.0     0.6    
                         
                         
    Operating income (as % of net sales) 39.3   27.2 % 50.6   33.0 % 55.1   35.2 % 49.3   32.6 % 40.7   27.8 %
                         
    EBITDA (as % of net sales) 46.6   32.3 % 58.0   37.8 % 62.4   39.8 % 56.2   37.2 % 47.5   32.5 %
                         
    Net income (as % of net sales) 31.5   21.9 % 59.3   38.6 % 46.8   29.9 % 41.9   27.7 % 34.0   23.2 %
                         
    Effective tax rate 13.2 %   -27.0 %   12.6 %   13.0 %   15.3 %  
                         
                         
    Income per share                    
    Basic 0.40     0.75     0.59     0.53     0.44    
    Diluted 0.40     0.74     0.59     0.53     0.44    
                         
    Average shares outstanding (basic) 79,228,071   79,402,192   79,630,787   79,281,533   77,181,326  
                         
    Shares repurchased                    
    Amount 22.1     22.4     27.8     14.8     14.8    
    Number of shares 186,869   198,450   230,807   105,042   101,049  
                         
                         
    Gross cash 685.7     672.3     637.4     257.2     447.1    
                         
    Net cash 159.4     143.8     110.7     74.4     180.9    
                         

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Employment – Authenticity over Authority – 63% of professionals admit to leaving a previous employer because they didn’t resonate with leadership

    Source: Robert Walters

    Two thirds of professionals (63%) have admitted that one of the leading reasons for leaving a previous employer is because they did not have a ‘connection’ with their management or leadership team.  

    A further 68% stated that their exit was due to ’empty promises’ from management – with professionals feeling that leaders who fail to act on commitments erode trust.

    The findings come from a new report from global talent solutions business – Robert Walters – which highlights ‘Human-centric Leadership’ as a key trend that will be required of any business that wants to be successful in 2025 and beyond.  (ref. https://www.robertwalters.co.uk/insights/hiring-advice/e-guide/top-talent-trends-in-recruitment.html )

    Gerrit Bouckaert – CEO of Robert Walters Recruitment – comments:  

    “In today’s rapidly evolving workplace, leadership success will be easier to achieve when leaders put people first – more so now than ever as professionals fear the role of AI and whether it will be considered as a job replacement.  

    “We will always need people in the workplace. And much like you would invest in your technology with R&D and improvements, the same goes for your people.  

    “Business leaders that foster psychological safety, flexibility, and continuous learning will build stronger, more engaged teams – and ultimately, a more successful business.”

    Transactional Relationships  

    The report highlights the downfall of when a leader lacks genuine interest – with 62% stating that they feel disengaged when leaders only communicate when they need something.

    71% of employees say they can tell when leaders are being insincere in their optimism, with many reporting this as ‘forced enthusiasm.’

    Gerrit adds: “Leaders who fail to engage personally with their teams not only risk losing loyalty, but also some valuable insight on the company and ideas for improvement or future growth.”  

    Inauthentic Leadership  

    When asked what the common traits were for poor or inauthentic leadership, professionals responded with:

    Lack of Transparency (72%) – Employees lose faith in leaders who withhold information or fail to explain decisions.

    Inconsistency (66%) – Leaders who say one thing but do another struggle to earn long-term respect.

    Avoiding Accountability (44%) – A failure to admit mistakes or take responsibility leads to a culture of blame.

    Ignoring Employee Wellbeing (30%) – Leaders who prioritise profit over people create a toxic work environment.

    Micromanagement (28%) – A lack of trust in employees’ abilities can stifle innovation and motivation.  

    Playing Favourites (22%) – Unequal treatment of team members fosters resentment and disengagement.

    Route to Success

    Findings from the Robert Walters Talent Trends 2025 report include that companies are 1.5x more likely to retain high performers when leaders display a human-centric organisational focus.

    In fact, companies are 2.6x more likely to meet objectives as a ‘people-first’ organisation. Gerrit outlines top tips on how organisations (and its leaders) can become more human-centric:  

    Offer coaching and development: Leaders should receive coaching on the principles of human-centric leadership—including empathy, emotional intelligence, leading with authenticity, active listening, and inclusivity. If you don’t have this expertise in-house, consider outsourcing coaching and development programs.

    Deliver clear communication: Open, transparent and regular communication is key in a human-centric approach. Companies should build an environment where ideas are freely shared and valued, and where constructive feedback is encouraged. Simple things such as open Q&A’s to the office floor or having an open-door policy for questions – be it in-person or via email.  

    Don’t forget about culture: Shifting to a human-centric approach may require a significant change in company culture. This may involve redefining company values, rethinking performance metrics and revamping reward systems to align with human-centric principles.

    Engage your employees: Organisations should focus on understanding the needs of their employees to develop strategies to increase employee engagement. This could involve creating more opportunities for collaboration, promoting work-life balance and implementing recognition and reward systems.

    About Robert Walters  

    With more than 3,200 people in 31 countries, Robert Walters Group delivers recruitment consultancy, staffing, recruitment process outsourcing and managed services across the globe. From traditional recruitment and staffing to end-to-end talent management, our consultants are experts at matching highly skilled people to permanent, contract and interim roles across all professional disciplines, including: Accountancy & Finance, Banking & Financial Services, Engineering, Human Resources, Information Technology, Legal, Sales & Marketing, Secretarial & Support, Supply Chain & Procurement. www.robertwaltersgroup.com  

    MIL OSI New Zealand News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Nykredit extends the offer period concerning the recommended, voluntary public tender offer for Spar Nord Bank A/S until 20 May 2025 – Nykredit Realkredit A/S

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    THIS ANNOUNCEMENT IS PUBLISHED PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 9(3)-(5) AND SECTION 21(3) OF EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 636 OF 15 MAY 2020

    NOT FOR RELEASE, PUBLICATION OR DISTRIBUTION, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN OR TO ANY JURISDICTION WHERE DOING SO WOULD CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF THE RELEVANT LAWS OR REGULATIONS OF SUCH JURISDICTION

    Publication of supplement concerning extension of offer period for Nykredit’s recommended, voluntary public tender offer for Spar Nord Bank A/S until 20 May 2025

    23 April 2025

    Nykredit extends the offer period concerning the recommended, voluntary public tender offer for Spar Nord Bank A/S until 20 May 2025

    In accordance with section 4(1) of the Danish Takeover Order1, Nykredit Realkredit A/S (“Nykredit”) announced on 10 December 2024 that Nykredit intended to submit a voluntary public tender offer (the “Offer”) to acquire all shares in Spar Nord Bank A/S (“Spar Nord Bank”), with the exception of Spar Nord Bank’s treasury shares, for a cash price of DKK 210 per share, valuing the aggregated issued share capital of Spar Nord Bank at DKK 24.7 billion. As stated in the supplement dated April 2, 2025, the offer price has subsequently been increased to DKK 210.50 per share.

    On 8 January 2025, Nykredit published the offer document regarding the Offer (the “Offer Document”), as approved by the Danish FSA in accordance with section 11 of the Danish Takeover Order. In the Offer Document, the offer period was set to expire on 19 February 2025 at 23:59 (CET) (the “Initial Offer Period”). The Initial Offer Period was subsequently extended in supplements dated 18 February, 19 March and, most recently, 2 April 2025, where the offer period was extended to 24 April 2025 at 23:59 (CEST).

    Today, Nykredit published a supplement (the “Supplement”) to the Offer Document, which further extends the offer period for the Offer. The Supplement has been approved by the Danish FSA on 23 April 2025 in accordance with section 9(3)-(5) of the Danish Takeover Order. The Supplement should be read in conjunction with the Offer Document and the previous supplements.

    With this Supplement, Nykredit further extends the offer period, such that the Offer will expire on 20 May 2025 at 23:59 (CEST). Subsequently, any reference to the “Offer Period” in the Offer Document or other documents relating to the Offer will refer to the period commencing on the day of publication of the Offer Document on 8 January 2025 and ending on 20 May 2025 at 23:59 (CEST) (the “Extended Offer Period”).

    Nykredit has been informed by the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority that Nykredit’s merger notification regarding the Nykredit’s acquisition of sole control over Spar Nord Bank is considered complete as of 31 March 2025. Nykredit awaits the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority’s decision.

    The purpose of the extension is to provide Nykredit with time to obtain the approval from the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority required to complete the Offer. If the approval from the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority has not been granted by the expiry of the Extended Offer Period, Nykredit expects to extend the offer period further.

    The extension of the offer period entails that the expected completion of the Offer and settlement of the offer price to the Spar Nord Bank shareholders who have accepted the Offer will be extended correspondingly. Completion is subsequently expected to take place on 28 May 2025 (provided that the offer period is not extended further).

    At the time of this announcement, Nykredit holds 32.79 per cent of the shares in Spar Nord Bank.

    In the supplement dated 19 March 2025 to the Offer Document, Nykredit announced that a preliminary compilation of the acceptances that Nykredit had information about showed that, including the irrevocable undertakings, acceptances corresponding to more than 46 per cent of the share capital of Spar Nord Bank had been submitted, and that Nykredit’s ownership interest in Spar Nord Bank, together with the irrevocable undertakings and the binding acceptances submitted that Nykredit had information about, totalled more than 80 per cent of the total share capital (excluding treasury shares) of Spar Nord Bank, indicating that the 67 per cent acceptance limit stated in the Offer has been reached. The final result of the Offer will be determined on expiry of the offer period and published in accordance with section 21(3) of the Danish Takeover Order.

    Nykredit intends to delist Spar Nord Bank from trading on Nasdaq Copenhagen and complete a compulsory acquisition of the remaining Spar Nord Bank shareholders, provided that Nykredit has obtained the necessary ownership interest, and the Offer has been completed. Spar Nord Bank shareholders who have opted not to accept the Offer, should expect that Nykredit, provided that the Offer is completed, will take steps to combine Nykredit Bank A/S and Spar Nord Bank, which will result in a further increase in Nykredit’s ownership interest in Spar Nord Bank. Not later than in continuation of the combination, Nykredit thus expects to hold a sufficient ownership interest to be able to delist Spar Nord Bank from trading on Nasdaq Copenhagen and complete a compulsory acquisition of the remaining Spar Nord Bank shareholders.

    The full terms and conditions of the Offer are contained in the Offer Document as amended by the Supplement. The Offer Document and the Supplement are published in the Danish FSA’s OAM database: https://oam.finanstilsynet.dk/ and can also, with certain restrictions, be accessed at https://www.nykredit.com/kobstilbud-spar-nord/ and https://www.sparnord.dk/investor-relations/overtagelsestilbud.

    About Spar Nord Bank

    Spar Nord Bank was founded in 1824 and is now a nationwide bank with 58 branches. Spar Nord Bank offers all types of financial services, consultancy and products, focusing its business on retail customers and primarily small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in the local areas in which the bank is represented. The bank is also focused on leasing operations and large corporate customers, which are both business areas handled by the head offices.

    Spar Nord Bank has historically been rooted in northern Jutland and continues to be a market leader in this region. However, in the period from 2002 to 2024, Spar Nord Bank has established and acquired branches outside northern Jutland. Over the course of the years, the bank has adjusted its branch network in an ongoing process and now has a nationwide distribution network comprising 58 branches. These 58 branches are distributed on 32 banking areas, each of which is headed by a manager reporting directly to the bank’s executive board.

    The Spar Nord Bank Group consists of two earnings entities: Spar Nord Bank’s branches and the Trading Division. As an entity, the Trading Division serves customers from Spar Nord Bank’s branches as well as large retail customers and institutional clients in the field of equities, bonds, fixed income and forex products, asset management and international transactions. Finally, under the concept Sparxpres, the bank offers consumer loans to personal customers through Sparxpres’ platform as well as debt consolidation loans and consumer financing via retail stores and gift voucher solutions via shopping centres and city associations.

    About Nykredit

    Nykredit Realkredit A/S (“Nykredit”) is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Denmark, company reg. (CVR) no. 12 71 92 80, having its registered office at Sundkrogsgade 25, 2150 Nordhavn, Denmark. Nykredit is a mortgage credit institution and, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary Totalkredit A/S, is a market leader of the Danish mortgage credit market with a market share of some 45.2 per cent. Nykredit offers mortgage financing for private individuals and businesses.

    Nykredit is part of the Nykredit Group, which historically dates back to 1851. In addition to carrying on mortgage credit business, the Group carries on banking business through Nykredit Bank – including banking and wealth management operations – and has a total of around 4,000 employees in Denmark.

    Nykredit is owned by an association of the Nykredit Group’s customers, Forenet Kredit. Forenet Kredit owns close to 80 per cent of Nykredit’s shares. Other major shareholders are five Danish pension funds: Akademikernes Pension AP Pension, PensionDanmark, PFA and PKA.

    Nykredit is known for the advantages offered through the association. Forenet Kredit makes capital contributions to the Nykredit Group when times are good, and Nykredit has decided to pass these on to its customers.

    Since, 2017, Forenet Kredit has paid over DKK 8 billion in capital contributions to the Nykredit Group, and in the period to 2027, Forenet Kredit has provided a further DKK 7 billion.

    Questions and further information

    Any questions concerning the Offer may be directed to:

    Nykredit Bank A/S

    Company reg. (CVR) no.: 10 51 96 08

    Sundkrogsgade 25

    2150 Nordhavn
    Denmark

    Telephone: +45 7010 9000

    and

    Carnegie Investment Bank

    Filial af Carnegie Investment Bank AB (publ), Sverige

    Company reg. (CVR) no. 35 52 12 67

    Overgaden Neden Vandet 9B

    1414 Copenhagen K
    Denmark

    E-mail: annette.hansen@carnegie.dk

    For further information about the Offer, please see: https://www.nykredit.com/kobstilbud-spar-nord/.

    This announcement and the Offer Document (with supplements) are not directed at shareholders of Spar Nord Bank A/S whose participation in the Offer would require the issuance of an offer document, registration or activities other than what is required under Danish law (and, in the case of shareholders in the United States of America, Section 14(e) of, and applicable provisions of Regulation 14E promulgated under, the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). The Offer is not made and will not be made, directly or indirectly, to shareholders resident in any jurisdiction in which the submission of the Offer or acceptance thereof would be in contravention of the laws of such jurisdiction. Any person coming into possession of this announcement, the Offer Document or any other document containing a reference to the Offer is expected and assumed to independently obtain all necessary information about any applicable restrictions and to observe these.

    This announcement does not constitute an offer or an invitation to purchase securities or a solicitation of an offer to purchase securities in accordance with the Offer or otherwise. The Offer will be submitted only in the form of the Offer Document (with supplements) approved by the FSA, which sets out the full terms and conditions of the Offer, including information on how to accept the Offer. The shareholders of Spar Nord Bank are advised to read the Offer Document and any related documents as they contain important information.

    Restricted jurisdictions

    The Offer is not made, and acceptance of the Offer to tender Spar Nord Bank shares is not accepted, neither directly nor indirectly, in or from any jurisdiction in which the making or acceptance of the Offer would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction or would require any registration, approval or any other measures with any regulatory authority not expressly contemplated by the Offer Document (the “Restricted Jurisdictions”). Neither the United States nor the United Kingdom is a Restricted Jurisdiction.

    Restricted Jurisdictions include, but are not limited to: Australia, Canada, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand and South Africa.

    Persons obtaining documents or information relating to the Offer (including custodians, account holding institutions, nominees, trustees, representatives, fiduciaries or other intermediaries) should not distribute, communicate, transfer or send these in or into a Restricted Jurisdiction or use mail or any other means of communication in or into a Restricted Jurisdiction in connection with the Offer. Persons (including, but not limited to, custodians, custodian banks, nominees, trustees, representatives, fiduciaries or other intermediaries) intending to communicate this announcement, the Supplement, the Offer Document or any related document to any jurisdiction outside Denmark or the United States should inform themselves about these restrictions before taking any action. Any failure to comply with these restrictions may constitute a violation of the laws of such jurisdiction, including securities laws. It is the responsibility of all Persons obtaining this announcement, the Supplement, the Offer Document, earlier supplements, an acceptance form and/or other documents relating to the Offer, or into whose possession such documents otherwise come, to inform themselves about and observe all such restrictions.

    Nykredit is not responsible for ensuring that the distribution, dissemination or communication of this announcement, the Supplement or the Offer Document to shareholders outside Denmark, the United States and the United Kingdom is consistent with applicable law in any jurisdiction other than Denmark, the United States and the United Kingdom.

    Important Information for Shareholders in the United States

    The Offer concerns the shares in Spar Nord Bank, a public limited liability company incorporated and admitted to trading on a regulated market in Denmark, and is subject to the disclosure and procedural requirements of Danish law, including the Danish capital markets act and the Danish takeover order.

    The Offer is being made to shareholders in Spar Nord Bank in the United States in compliance with the applicable US tender offer rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “U.S. Exchange Act”), including Regulation 14E promulgated thereunder, subject to the relief available for a “Tier II” tender offer, and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Danish law and practice

    Accordingly, US Spar Nord Bank shareholders should be aware that this announcement and any other documents regarding the Offer have been prepared in accordance with, and will be subject to, the disclosure and other procedural requirements, including with respect to withdrawal rights, the Offer timetable, settlement procedures and timing of payments of Danish law and practice, which may differ materially from those applicable under US domestic tender offer law and practice. In addition, the financial information contained in this announcement or the Offer Document has not been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or derived therefrom, and may therefore differ from, or not be comparable with, financial information of US companies.

    In accordance with the laws of, and practice in, Denmark and to the extent permitted by applicable law, including Rule 14e-5 under the U.S. Exchange Act, Nykredit, Nykredit’s affiliates or any nominees or brokers of the foregoing (acting as agents, or in a similar capacity, for Nykredit or any of its affiliates, as applicable) may from time to time, and other than pursuant to the Offer, directly or indirectly, purchase, or arrange to purchase, outside of the United States, shares in Spar Nord Bank or any securities that are convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for such shares in Spar Nord Bank before or during the period in which the Offer remains open for acceptance. These purchases may occur either in the open market at prevailing prices or in private transactions at negotiated prices. Any information about such purchases will be announced via Nasdaq Copenhagen and relevant electronic media if, and to the extent, such announcement is required under applicable law. To the extent information about such purchases or arrangements to purchase is made public in Denmark, such information will be disclosed by means of a press release or other means reasonably calculated to inform US shareholders of Spar Nord Bank of such information.

    In addition, subject to the applicable laws of Denmark and US securities laws, including Rule 14e-5 under the U.S. Exchange Act, the financial advisers to Nykredit or their respective affiliates may also engage in ordinary course trading activities in securities of Spar Nord Bank, which may include purchases or arrangements to purchase such securities.

    It may not be possible for US shareholders to effect service of process within the United States upon Spar Nord Bank, Nykredit or any of their respective affiliates, or their respective officers or directors, some or all of which may reside outside the United States, or to enforce against any of them judgments of the United States courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or other US law. It may not be possible to bring an action against Nykredit, Spar Nord Bank and/or their respective officers or directors (as applicable) in a non-US court for violations of US laws. Further, it may not be possible to compel Nykredit and Spar Nord Bank or their respective affiliates, as applicable, to subject themselves to the judgment of a US court. In addition, it may be difficult to enforce in Denmark original actions, or actions for the enforcement of judgments of US courts, based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws.

    The Offer, if completed, may have consequences under US federal income tax and under applicable US state and local, as well as non-US, tax laws. Each shareholder of Spar Nord Bank is urged to consult its independent professional adviser immediately regarding the tax consequences of the Offer.

    NEITHER THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY IN ANY STATE OF THE U.S. HAS APPROVED OR DECLINED TO APPROVE THE OFFER OR THIS ANNOUNCEMENT, PASSED UPON THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THE OFFER OR PROVIDED AN OPINION AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THIS ANNOUNCEMENT OR ANY OFFER DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENCE IN THE UNITED STATES.


    1 Executive Order no. 636 of 15 May 2020

    Attachments

    • Announcement of extension of the Offer Period 23 April 2025
    • Supplement to the Offer Document 23 April 2025

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Russia: NSU is the first in Russia to launch an educational course on product management with elements of artificial intelligence

    Translartion. Region: Russians Fedetion –

    Source: Novosibirsk State University – Novosibirsk State University –

    In February 2025, EhFaculty of Economics, Novosibirsk State University The course “Product Management” was launched. Its participants were final-year undergraduate students in the fields of “Business Informatics”, “Management” and “Economics”. This is the first course in Russia on such a topic, which pays special attention to the use of artificial intelligence. 60 students have already completed the course.

    — Product management is a relatively new discipline that emerged in the 21st century in the Silicon Valley startup environment. In Russia, it has only begun to gain popularity in the last ten years. Until recently, such courses were only available at the Higher School of Economics, ITMO University, and the Moscow branch of RANEPA. NSU was one of the first universities to introduce a full-fledged course on this topic, and the first to include a block on the use of artificial intelligence, — said Alexander Doronin, author of the course, NSU graduate, product manager at LC Group, a company specializing in the development of fintech solutions.

    The object of study of the discipline is primarily IT products – solutions created on the basis of program code. Today, digital products play a key role in both online and offline business. Their development, integration into business processes and promotion on the market require a comprehensive approach, and understanding these processes is becoming an important competitive advantage for specialists of various profiles.

    The course program covers key aspects of product management, including product marketing, product research, A/B testing, and unit economics. Particular attention is paid to the use of artificial intelligence: individual classes are devoted to the use of large language models and other machine learning technologies in product development, which is an important difference between the course and other similar ones that already exist in Russia.

    — As part of one of the classes, my students and I went through the entire product research cycle and tried using AI at different stages. As a result, the students developed an understanding of the tasks in which AI is really useful, and which tasks are better solved independently for now. For example, at the stage of preparation for the study, AI can help in composing questions for a problem interview if the prompt (request for the neural network) describes the respondent’s portrait well. When conducting the interviews themselves, you shouldn’t count on AI: most often, AI plays along with the interlocutor, agrees with everything and gives extremely expected answers to questions. An interview with a live interlocutor allows you to collect much more insights. After the interview, AI can be useful for systematizing the results. For example, as part of the course, my students and I built a User Story Map, and the AI did an excellent job of writing the stories themselves, receiving the interview results as input, — explained Alexander Doronin.

    Another key advantage of the course is that it combines a systematic presentation of theory and many practical cases, including those from the author’s experience. Alexander Doronin has experience working with product teams both on the customer’s side and on the development side. The practical experience of the teacher allowed him to fill the course with real cases and tasks that specialists face in the market.

    The course duration is 16 pairs (32 classroom hours). As part of the course, students also complete a project assignment, which they will defend at the end of the semester in a differentiated test. Thus, taking into account independent practice, the course volume is 108 hours. So far, it is designed only for students of the Faculty of Economics. However, NSU does not rule out that in the future the course may be introduced in other faculties of the university.

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    MIL OSI Russia News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: TomTom provides enhanced navigation to smart’s in-vehicle solutions

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SHANGHAI, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Auto Shanghai – TomTom (TOM2), the location technology specialist, today announced that it has been selected by smart, the premium all-electric intelligent auto brand, to provide enhanced full-stack navigation solutions for smart’s in-vehicle infotainment systems across global markets.

    Through this partnership, TomTom elevates the driving experience by providing the smart #1, smart #3 and smart #5 models with industry-leading maps and a suite of intuitive navigation features. Drivers will benefit from TomTom’s real-time updates and alerts on traffic conditions, local hazards, and potential dangers, providing greater peace of mind in dynamic road conditions.

    The smart models feature TomTom’s advanced EV services, empowering drivers to embrace electric mobility, even on longer journeys. Furthermore, the models will leverage TomTom’s Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS) maps, including speed limit information compliant with European standards (ISA) and EuroNCAP safety regulations, for safer and more efficient driving.

    “We are thrilled to partner with smart to enhance their new generation of zero-emission electric vehicles with our advanced mapping and location data,” said Benoit Joly, SVP Sales, TomTom. “We’ve optimized the infotainment system to provide a seamless navigation solution, combining our high-precision maps and real-time travel insights to deliver a great EV experience.”

    “TomTom’s leadership in navigation technology perfectly complements smart’s commitment to delivering premium, electric, and connected vehicles,” said Yang Jun, Global CTO, smart. “By incorporating real-time traffic data, EV charger availability, and individual driving styles, we ensure our drivers have access to optimal charging stops and seamless route adjustments, making electric driving even more convenient and enjoyable.”

    About TomTom:

    Billions of data points. Millions of sources. Thousands of communities. 

    We are the mapmaker bringing it all together to build the world’s smartest map. We provide location data and technology to drivers, carmakers, businesses and developers. Our application-ready maps, routing, real-time traffic, APIs and SDKs empower the dreamers and doers to move our world forward. 

    Headquartered in Amsterdam with 3,600 employees around the globe, TomTom has been shaping the future of mobility for over 30 years. 

    www.tomtom.com

    About smart:

    Since the birth of the brand in the 90s, smart has always maintained the vision of exploring the best solutions for future urban mobility. smart was officially established in 2019 with a forward-looking “China-Europe, dual home” global development strategy, and is committed to becoming a world-leading, new-premium, intelligent and all-electric auto brand.

    Following the comprehensive renewal of the brand, product and business model, smart will “Sprint to the Next Level” and has updated its brand claim. “open your mind” reflects a commitment to embracing diversity of thoughts, cultures, and beliefs, with an optimistic and open attitude, and making inspiration a reality through innovation. Engineering, research, and development for the new generation all-electric vehicle portfolio is led by the smart R&D team, with the Mercedes-Benz Global design team overseeing vehicle design. smart has introduced three SUV models, namely the #1, #3, and the all-new smart #5, which indicates the brand’s formal foray into the premium mid-size all-electric SUV market segment.

    For further information:

    Media Relations

    mediarelations@tomtom.com

    Investor Relations

    ir@tomtom.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/cbcd6e74-0fb0-4194-aa77-ea9428fdfc93

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Alchera X Deepens Its Commitment this Earth Day with Fundraiser to Support the National Forest Reforestation

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LOS ANGELES, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — In honor of Earth Day, Alchera X (“AX”) is deepening its commitment to the planet by launching a company-wide fundraiser in support of the National Forest Foundation (“NFF”). Over the past few years, AX has demonstrated its commitment to reforestation efforts in areas affected by wildfires, donating over $10,000 to support the NFF’s crucial conservation initiatives.

    While Alchera X’s advanced AI platform, FireScout, plays a critical role in detecting and preventing future wildfires, this initiative focuses on healing—helping to restore the landscapes already affected by devastating wildfire events.

    From now, through the end of April, Alchera X is encouraging employees, partners, friends, and family to contribute to a dedicated reforestation fund. Every dollar raised will go directly to the National Forest Foundation to help plant trees in areas hardest hit by wildfires, supporting vital ecosystem recovery and long-term climate resilience.

    “Our mission at Alchera X has always been about protecting communities, ecosystems, and our future,” said Michael Plaksin, President and CEO of Alchera X. “While FireScout helps detect and reduce the spread of wildfires, replanting trees is how we give back to the land that has been scarred. Continuing our partnership and strengthening our commitment to NFF means, we’re not only working to prevent future damage—we’re actively restoring what’s already been lost.”

    This Earth Day, Alchera X invites its entire extended community to partake by going to their Fundraiser Page linked below.

    “Come join the family, and make your donation today. 
    With as little as $1, one tree is planted. 
    So, let’s do our part this Earth Month to help save our forests, one tree at a time. 
    Thank You!” 

    Make a donation here: 
    https://support.nationalforests.org/AX

    About NFF
    The National Forest Foundation works in close collaboration with the U.S. Forest Service to identify high-priority reforestation sites across the country. Their science-based approach ensures that new trees are planted where they’re needed most, helping to restore habitats, improve watershed health, and bolster the resilience of our forests.

    About AX
    Founded in 2016, AX is an artificial intelligence Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) company that has developed award-winning proprietary technology in the areas of facial and visual artificial intelligence (AI) including facial recognition, wildfire detection, augmented reality, and more. AX develops and distributes innovative products that enhance safety and security across various industries worldwide.

    AX utilizes artificial intelligence to provide facial and visual recognition in real time on a 24/7/365 basis. Our technology seamlessly integrates into existing camera/monitor systems. We offer the most informative, effective, and supportive user interface system in the market today. Our AI has been used on over 1,000 cameras throughout the Western United States and is considered to be the de facto standard in AI.

    Join the Conversation: Follow us on LinkedIn – AX and FireScout, Twitter and YouTube.

    Media Contact:
    Palak Kapasi
    Head of Marketing & Public Relations, AX
    AXmedia@alcherainc.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/06c43022-5b51-4046-97c0-1dfc0fdfa680

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: SPC Severe Thunderstorm Watch 161

    Source: US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

    Note:  The expiration time in the watch graphic is amended if the watch is replaced, cancelled or extended.Note: Click for Watch Status Reports.
    SEL1

    URGENT – IMMEDIATE BROADCAST REQUESTED
    Severe Thunderstorm Watch Number 161
    NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman OK
    1200 AM CDT Wed Apr 23 2025

    The NWS Storm Prediction Center has issued a

    * Severe Thunderstorm Watch for portions of
    North-Central and Central Texas

    * Effective this Wednesday morning from Midnight until 700 AM
    CDT.

    * Primary threats include…
    Scattered damaging wind gusts to 70 mph possible
    Isolated very large hail events to 2 inches in diameter possible

    SUMMARY…A pair of convective lines will continue to progress
    eastward/southeastward over the next few hours. Some cellular
    development is possible between these two lines. Strong gusts will
    be the primary severe risk with these storms tonight, but some large
    hail is possible as well.

    The severe thunderstorm watch area is approximately along and 45
    statute miles east and west of a line from 125 miles south of
    Brownwood TX to 65 miles north northwest of Fort Worth TX. For a
    complete depiction of the watch see the associated watch outline
    update (WOUS64 KWNS WOU1).

    PRECAUTIONARY/PREPAREDNESS ACTIONS…

    REMEMBER…A Severe Thunderstorm Watch means conditions are
    favorable for severe thunderstorms in and close to the watch area.
    Persons in these areas should be on the lookout for threatening
    weather conditions and listen for later statements and possible
    warnings. Severe thunderstorms can and occasionally do produce
    tornadoes.

    &&

    OTHER WATCH INFORMATION…CONTINUE…WW 160…

    AVIATION…A few severe thunderstorms with hail surface and aloft to
    2 inches. Extreme turbulence and surface wind gusts to 60 knots. A
    few cumulonimbi with maximum tops to 500. Mean storm motion vector
    24035.

    …Mosier

    SEL1

    URGENT – IMMEDIATE BROADCAST REQUESTED
    Severe Thunderstorm Watch Number 161
    NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman OK
    1200 AM CDT Wed Apr 23 2025

    The NWS Storm Prediction Center has issued a

    * Severe Thunderstorm Watch for portions of
    North-Central and Central Texas

    * Effective this Wednesday morning from Midnight until 700 AM
    CDT.

    * Primary threats include…
    Scattered damaging wind gusts to 70 mph possible
    Isolated very large hail events to 2 inches in diameter possible

    SUMMARY…A pair of convective lines will continue to progress
    eastward/southeastward over the next few hours. Some cellular
    development is possible between these two lines. Strong gusts will
    be the primary severe risk with these storms tonight, but some large
    hail is possible as well.

    The severe thunderstorm watch area is approximately along and 45
    statute miles east and west of a line from 125 miles south of
    Brownwood TX to 65 miles north northwest of Fort Worth TX. For a
    complete depiction of the watch see the associated watch outline
    update (WOUS64 KWNS WOU1).

    PRECAUTIONARY/PREPAREDNESS ACTIONS…

    REMEMBER…A Severe Thunderstorm Watch means conditions are
    favorable for severe thunderstorms in and close to the watch area.
    Persons in these areas should be on the lookout for threatening
    weather conditions and listen for later statements and possible
    warnings. Severe thunderstorms can and occasionally do produce
    tornadoes.

    &&

    OTHER WATCH INFORMATION…CONTINUE…WW 160…

    AVIATION…A few severe thunderstorms with hail surface and aloft to
    2 inches. Extreme turbulence and surface wind gusts to 60 knots. A
    few cumulonimbi with maximum tops to 500. Mean storm motion vector
    24035.

    …Mosier

    Note: The Aviation Watch (SAW) product is an approximation to the watch area. The actual watch is depicted by the shaded areas.
    SAW1
    WW 161 SEVERE TSTM TX 230500Z – 231200Z
    AXIS..45 STATUTE MILES EAST AND WEST OF LINE..
    125S BWD/BROWNWOOD TX/ – 65NNW FTW/FORT WORTH TX/
    ..AVIATION COORDS.. 40NM E/W /33NW SAT – 43ESE SPS/
    HAIL SURFACE AND ALOFT..2 INCHES. WIND GUSTS..60 KNOTS.
    MAX TOPS TO 500. MEAN STORM MOTION VECTOR 24035.

    LAT…LON 29999970 33689859 33689702 29999820

    THIS IS AN APPROXIMATION TO THE WATCH AREA. FOR A
    COMPLETE DEPICTION OF THE WATCH SEE WOUS64 KWNS
    FOR WOU1.

    Watch 161 Status Report Message has not been issued yet.

    Note:  Click for Complete Product Text.Tornadoes

    Probability of 2 or more tornadoes

    Low ( 2 inches

    Mod (30%)

    Combined Severe Hail/Wind

    Probability of 6 or more combined severe hail/wind events

    High (70%)

    For each watch, probabilities for particular events inside the watch (listed above in each table) are determined by the issuing forecaster. The “Low” category contains probability values ranging from less than 2% to 20% (EF2-EF5 tornadoes), less than 5% to 20% (all other probabilities), “Moderate” from 30% to 60%, and “High” from 70% to greater than 95%. High values are bolded and lighter in color to provide awareness of an increased threat for a particular event.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: VERAXA Biotech and Voyager Acquisition Corp. Announce Business Combination Agreement to Create Nasdaq-Listed Biopharmaceutical Company Advancing a Pipeline of Next-Generation Cancer Therapies

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • VERAXA’s Novel BiTAC Platform has the Potential to Deliver Multiple Next-Generation Solid Tumor Cancer Therapies, Including Novel Antibody-Drug Conjugate (“ADC”) and Bispecific T-cell Engager (“TCE”) Candidates, with Strong and Differentiated Clinical Profiles
    • Company Pursuing Multiple Strategic Partnerships and Licensing Opportunities in 2025 and 2026
    • Transaction Values VERAXA at a Pre-money Equity Value of $1.3 Billion
    • Actively Working with Existing and New VERAXA Investors to Raise a Crossover Financing Round, which is Expected to Close Ahead of the Business Combination, Alongside up to $253 Million in Cash Held in Trust
    • Business Combination is Expected to be Completed in the Fourth Quarter of 2025
    • A Joint Investor Presentation Providing an Overview of the Proposed Transaction can be Viewed: https://dealroadshow.com/e/VER2025

    ZURICH, Switzerland, and BROOKLYN, New York, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — VERAXA Biotech AG (“VERAXA” or the “Company”), an emerging leader in designing novel cancer therapies, and Voyager Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company and special purpose acquisition company targeting the healthcare sector (NASDAQ: VACH, “Voyager” or the “SPAC”), announced today that they have entered into a definitive business combination agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”). The proposed business combination (the “Business Combination”) would create a publicly traded, clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development of a comprehensive pipeline of next-generation cancer therapies. Upon closing of the transaction, VERAXA Biotech AG is expected to list on NASDAQ under the proposed ticker symbol “VERX.”

    VERAXA Overview

    VERAXA is advancing a premier drug discovery and development engine for ADCs and other novel antibody-based therapy concepts. Through Bi-Targeted Antibody Cytotoxicity (“BiTAC”), a powerful and scalable proprietary technology platform that enables a highly specific dual-marker approach, the Company is accelerating a pipeline of next-generation cancer therapies that have the potential to expand the therapeutic window of current solid tumor standard of care treatments through improved safety and efficacy profiles.

    The Company has recently widened the scope of its AI-enabled technology platform and is now actively pursuing two major drug modalities:

    • Next-generation bispecific antibody drug conjugates, BiTAC ADCs and bsADCs, and
    • Bi-specific antibodies targeting key immune cells, also called T cell engagers, or TCEs.

    Both therapeutic modalities represent highly active and growing markets within the cancer therapy sector, respectively. The global TCE market is projected to reach $112 billion in 2030 with a CAGR of >44%. Similarly, the global ADC market size is projected to reach $57 billion by 2030 with a CAGR of close to 30%.

    “VERAXA is committed to developing and delivering the next wave of safe and highly efficacious cancer therapies. Our platform technologies can be applied to empower multiple therapeutic strategies spanning next-generation antibody-drug conjugates including our BiTAC ADCs and bi-specific BiTAC immune cell engagers,” stated Christoph Antz, Ph.D., CEO and Co-Founder of VERAXA. “Side effects too often limit today’s cancer therapies and prevent doctors from applying optimal dose levels. Our latest platform innovation, the BiTAC format, is designed to specifically address this issue and create first-in-class drug candidates with unprecedented safety and efficacy.”

    VERAXA’s pipeline currently comprises nine discovery and development programs at various stages in development, including an active Phase 1 program in leukemia. The Company’s most advanced clinical asset, VX-A901, is a highly differentiated Fc-enhanced therapeutic antibody targeting FLT3 and has shown potent anti-cancer activity. VX-A901 has backbone therapy potential addressing different patient groups across several treatment lines and settings with a complementary Mechanism of Action to currently available treatment options. Through a two-fold approach of pursuing both internal innovation and strategic partnerships, the Company anticipates having a robust pipeline by 2029, including three proprietary development programs in the clinic and a growing portfolio of licensed assets.

    VERAXA is led by an experienced team headed by Chief Executive Officer Christoph Antz, Ph.D and Chief Business Officer Heinz Schwer, Ph.D., MBA., both serial entrepreneurs and former venture capital investors. The leadership team is supported by international scientific advisors including Prof. Dr. Ralf C. Bargou, a renowned immuno-oncology expert whose scientific work has contributed to the successful development of the first FDA-approved bispecific cancer therapy with blinatumomab.

    VERAXA Biotech’s majority shareholders are Xlife Sciences AG (SIX: XLS), a Swiss-based publicly listed life science incubator fund, the European Molecular Biology Laboratory (“EMBL”), and its technology transfer arm EMBLEM.

    “Voyager’s mission is to identify innovative healthcare companies positioned for long-term success with strong business models and expansive total addressable markets. VERAXA exemplifies all these compelling characteristics, underscored by a steadfast commitment to bring transformative drug modalities to cancer patients through pursuing strategic global partnerships and advancing its proprietary pipeline,” stated Adeel Rouf, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Voyager Acquisition Corp. “We believe that the rapid change that ADCs and bispecific therapies have delivered and will continue to deliver to cancer therapy creates compelling opportunities for those with the vision to capitalize on them.”

    “The planned NASDAQ listing of VERAXA Biotech marks a pivotal milestone for both VERAXA and Xlife Sciences and exemplifies our mission of bringing groundbreaking science from the lab to life – and to the market,” stated Oliver Baumann, Acting Chairman of the VERAXA Board and CEO of Xlife Sciences. “The access to the U.S. capital markets provided by this combination will support the realization of Veraxa’s powerful technology platform and clinical assets, paving the way for potential significant value creation. We are proud to have supported VERAXA from its inception and, as one of the Company’s largest shareholders, we are confident that this transaction will significantly accelerate its ability to deliver first-in-class therapies to patients worldwide.”

    “We believe next-generation ADCs and bispecifics will continue to revolutionize oncology, due to their significant improvement over standard of care treatments and higher probability of technical and regulatory success compared to other oncology drugs, as evidenced by multiple deals in excess of $1 billion each since 2023 in this space,” stated Warren Hosseinion, M.D., Chairman of the Board of Voyager Acquisition Corp. “VERAXA’s robust pipeline of drug candidates was developed by leveraging its next-generation technology platform approach to drug discovery, development, and delivery, which we believe has the potential to dramatically cut development costs and time.”

    Transaction Overview

    Under the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, VERAXA’s equity value contribution into the Business Combination will amount to approximately $1.3 billion. Accordingly, VERAXA’s shareholders will receive approximately 130 million ordinary shares of the combined company in exchange for their existing VERAXA shares. Existing VERAXA shareholders and management will not receive any cash proceeds as part of the transaction and will roll over 100% of their equity into the combined company.

    Assuming a share price of $10.00 per share and no redemptions of Voyager’s shares by Voyager’s public shareholders, VERAXA (as a combined entity) is expected to have an implied pro forma equity value of approximately $1.64 billion at closing.

    Upon the closing of the Business Combination, VERAXA anticipates access to approximately up to $253 million in cash held in trust by Voyager, prior to the payment of transaction costs of VERAXA and Voyager, and assuming no redemptions by Voyager’s public shareholders.

    Additionally, VERAXA is actively raising a crossover financing round from existing and new investors, which the Company expects to close prior to the completion of the Business Combination. Net proceeds from this capital raise are expected to provide VERAXA with sufficient capital for the next two years, not including various potential partnering and co-development opportunities.

    The boards of directors of both Voyager and VERAXA have unanimously approved the Business Combination. Voyager and VERAXA expect the Business Combination to close in the fourth quarter of 2025. The transaction is subject to approval of Voyager’s and VERAXA’s shareholders and the satisfaction of certain other customary closing conditions.

    Additional information about the transaction will be provided in a Current Report on Form 8-K that will contain an investor presentation to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and will be available at www.sec.gov. In addition, VERAXA intends to file relevant materials with the SEC, including a registration statement on Form F-4 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the SEC, which will include a proxy statement/prospectus of Voyager, and will file other documents regarding the Business Combination with the SEC. This communication Is not intended to be, and is not, a substitute for the proxy statement/prospectus or any other document that Voyager has filed or may file with the SEC in connection with the Business Combination.

    Advisors

    Anne Martina Group is acting as sole M&A advisor to VERAXA. Duane Morris LLP is acting as legal counsel to VERAXA. Winston & Strawn LLP is serving as legal counsel to Voyager.

    Transaction Presentation Details

    A presentation providing further details on the transaction can be found here: https://dealroadshow.com/e/VER2025

    About VERAXA Biotech

    At VERAXA Biotech, we are building a premier engine for the discovery and development of next-generation antibody-based therapeutics, including BiTAC antibody-drug conjugates (“BiTAC ADCs”), bispecific T cell engagers (“BiTAC TCEs”), and other innovative formats. Powered by a suite of transformative technologies and guided by rigorous quality-by-design principles, we are rapidly advancing our pipeline of ADCs and proprietary BiTAC formats into clinical development and beyond. VERAXA Biotech was founded on scientific breakthroughs made at the European Molecular Biology Laboratory (“EMBL”), a world-renowned institution known for pioneering life science research and cutting-edge technologies. For more information, please visit www.veraxa.com.

    About Voyager Acquisition Corp.

    Voyager Acquisition Corp. is a special purpose acquisition company with a bold mission: to revolutionize the healthcare sector through a merger, stock purchase, or business combination. Our team of experienced executives includes unparalleled expertise in investing, operations, and medical innovation, supported by a vast network of connections. With these strengths, we not only seek to drive success but commit to scaling companies to unprecedented heights in the healthcare industry. For more information, please visit https://www.voyageracq.com.

    About Xlife Sciences AG (SIX: XLS)

    Xlife Sciences is a Swiss company focused as incubator and accelerator on the value development and commercialization of promising research projects from universities and other research institutions in the life sciences sector, with the aim of providing solutions for high unmet medical needs and a better quality of life. The goal is to bridge research and development to healthcare markets. Xlife Sciences takes carefully selected projects in the four areas of technological platforms, biotechnology/ therapies, medical technology, and artificial intelligence/digital health to the next stage of development and participates in their subsequent performance. For more information, visit https://www.xlifesciences.ch/en/home

    Participants In the Solicitation

    Voyager, VERAXA, and their respective directors, executive officers, other members of management and employees may be deemed participants in the solicitation of proxies from Voyager’s stockholders with respect to the Business Combination. Investors and security holders may obtain more detailed information regarding the names and interests in the Business Combination of Voyager’s directors and officers in Voyager’s filings with the SEC, including, when filed with the SEC, the preliminary proxy statement/prospectus, the definitive proxy statement/prospectus, amendments and supplements thereto, and other documents filed with the SEC. Such information with respect to VERAXA’s directors and executive officers will also be included in the proxy statement/prospectus. You may obtain free copies of these documents as described below under the heading “Additional Information and Where to Find It”.

    Non-Solicitation

    This press release is not a proxy statement or solicitation of a proxy, consent or authorization with respect to any securities or in respect of the potential transaction and shall not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the securities of Voyager or VERAXA, nor shall there be any sale of any such securities in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation, or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of such state or jurisdiction. No offer of securities shall be made except by means of a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release includes certain statements that may be considered forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements about future events or Voyager’s or VERAXA’s future financial or operating performance. For example, statements regarding VERAXA’s anticipated growth and the anticipated growth and other metrics, statements regarding the benefits of the Business Combination, and the anticipated timing of the completion of the Business Combination are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “project,” “strive,” “budget,” “forecast,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology.

    These forward-looking statements regarding future events and the future results of Voyager and VERAXA are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about the industry in which VERAXA operates, as well as the beliefs and assumptions of Voyager’s management and VERAXA’s management. These forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to, without limitation, (i) known and unknown risks, including the risks and uncertainties indicated from time to time in the final prospectus of Voyager relating to its initial public offering filed with the SEC, including those under “Risk Factors” therein, and other documents filed or to be filed with the SEC by Voyager; (ii) uncertainties; (iii) assumptions; and (v) other factors beyond Voyager’s or VERAXA’s control that are difficult to predict because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. They are neither statements of historical fact nor promises or guarantees of future performance. Therefore, VERAXA’s actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements and Voyager and VERAXA therefore caution against relying on any of these forward-looking statements.

    These forward-looking statements are based upon estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable by Voyager and its management, VERAXA and its management, as the case may be, are inherently uncertain and are inherently subject to risks, variability and contingencies, many of which are beyond Voyager’s or VERAXA’s control. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to: (i) the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Business Combination Agreement and any subsequent definitive agreements with respect to the Business Combination; (ii) the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Voyager, VERAXA, or others following the announcement of the Business Combination and any definitive agreements with respect thereto; (iii) the inability to complete the Business Combination due to the failure to obtain consents and approvals of the shareholders of Voyager, to obtain financing to complete the Business Combination or to satisfy other conditions to closing, or delays in obtaining, adverse conditions contained in, or the inability to obtain necessary regulatory approvals required to complete the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement; (iv) changes to the proposed structure of the Business Combination that may be required or appropriate as a result of applicable laws or regulations or as a condition to obtaining regulatory approval of the Business Combination; (v) projections, estimates and forecasts of revenue and other financial and performance metrics, projections of market opportunity and expectations, and the estimated implied enterprise value of VERAXA; (vi) VERAXA’s ability to scale and grow its business, and the advantages and expected growth of VERAXA; (vii) VERAXA’s ability to source and retain talent, the cash position of VERAXA following closing of the Business Combination; (viii) the ability to meet stock exchange listing standards in connection with, and following, the consummation of the Business Combination; (ix) the risk that the Business Combination disrupts current plans and operations of VERAXA as a result of the announcement and consummation of the Business Combination; (x) the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition, the ability of VERAXA to grow and manage growth profitably, maintain key relationships and retain its management and key employees; (xi) costs related to the Business Combination; (xii) changes in applicable laws, regulations, political and economic developments; (xiii) the possibility that VERAXA may be adversely affected by other economic, business and/or competitive factors; (xiv) VERAXA’s estimates of expenses and profitability; (xv) the failure to realize estimated shareholder redemptions, purchase price and other adjustments; and (xvi) other risks and uncertainties set forth in the filings by Voyager with the SEC. There may be additional risks that neither Voyager nor VERAXA presently know or that Voyager and VERAXA currently believe are immaterial that could also cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Voyager or VERAXA speak only as of the date they are made. None of Voyager or VERAXA undertakes any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in their respective expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

    Additional Information and Where to Find It

    In connection with the Business Combination, Voyager and/or VERAXA intend to file relevant materials with the SEC, including the Registration Statement, which will include a proxy statement/prospectus of Voyager, and will file other documents regarding the proposed transaction with the SEC. This communication is not intended to be, and is not, a substitute for the proxy statement/prospectus or any other document that Voyager has filed or may file with the SEC in connection with the proposed transaction. When available, the definitive proxy statement and other relevant materials for the proposed transaction will be mailed or made available to stockholders of Voyager as of a record date to be established for voting on the proposed transaction.

    Before making any voting or investment decision, investors and stockholders of Voyager are urged to carefully read, when they become available, the entire registration statement, the proxy statement/prospectus, and any other relevant documents filed with the SEC, as well as any amendments or supplements to these documents, and the documents incorporated by reference therein, because they will contain important information about Voyager, VERAXA, and the proposed transaction. Voyager’s investors and stockholders and other interested persons will also be able to obtain copies of the registration statement, the preliminary proxy statement/prospectus, the definitive proxy statement/prospectus, other documents filed with the SEC that will be incorporated by reference therein, and all other relevant documents filed with the SEC by Voyager in connection with the Transaction, without charge, once available, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, or by directing a request to Voyager at the address set forth below.

    Contact

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Notes-App.AI Launches Smarter Notes AI Platform for Everyday Creativity

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    New York, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Today, Notes-App.AI officially launched its groundbreaking Notes AI platform, transforming the process of how humans take, manage, and interact with their individual ideas. A next-generation notes app, Notes-App.AI combines intelligent note-taking with dynamic AI character interactions, offering a richer, more interactive journaling experience than ever before.

    Smarter, Faster Note AI-Taking Anywhere

    Notes-App.AI is designed to streamline note-taking and incite inspiration. Users can quickly jot down ideas, store memories, or write plans from any device, so that no moment of creativity is wasted. Whether catching a surprise idea on a busy day or documenting detailed reflections at night, the mobile-friendly nature of the platform makes access seamless and intuitive organization easy. Notes can be arranged, hunted for, and retrieved easily, users staying with their ideas for days and distances.

    Simplification is baked into the heart of Notes-App.AI so distractions are taken out of the equation and users are left free to just write. No over-complicated menus, no useless junk—just an unadulterated, beautiful space to think and write.

    Interactive AI Characters Bring Notes to Life

    The most distinctive feature of Notes-App.AI is its compatibility with interactive AI friends. Users receive customized responses from a virtual group of friends upon sharing a note. The characters engage the content thoughtfully—offering advice, reflection, creative prompts, or even sarcasm.

    This aspect transforms ordinary journaling into a motivational two-way process, helping users dive deeper into self-expression, discover new perspectives, and feel a sense of greater belonging on their own writing journey.

    A New Standard for Notes Apps

    With its sleek design, immediate AI interaction, and device versatility, Notes-App.AI sets the bar higher in the category of notes apps. It’s not just a thought-catching tool–it’s a living breathing platform where every idea can evolve through conversation.

    As increasingly more people yearn for more richer, more imaginative ways to capture their life, Notes-App.AI offers the perfect balance of ease, intelligence, and inspiration.

    Start today at notes-app.ai and discover the future of note-taking.

    Media Contact:
    Contact Person: Yumi

    Email: support@notesai.com
    Website: https://notes-app.ai/
    Address: 238.7 George Parks Hwy Healy Alaska 99743

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Best Crypto Casinos 2025: JACKBIT | Rated Top Bitcoin Casino with NO KYC

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LARNACA, Cyprus, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Crypto casino is booming in 2025, but not all platforms are equal. After reviewing dozens, JACKBIT Casino stands out for its top bonuses, newest games, fast sign-up, and no-KYC policy. In this guide, we cover its pros and cons, welcome offers, and what makes it a top crypto casino this year.

    >>CLAIM FREE SPINS & RAKEBACK BONUS at JACKBIT CASINO !<<

    Discover the Best Bitcoin Casino with Free Spins in 2025: JACKBIT Casino

    What makes JACKBIT stand out from the crowd? It’s more than just its sleek user interface or its massive library of 7,000+ casino games, or free spins. JACKBIT delivers a truly next-level crypto gambling experience—with

    instant deposits and withdrawals, zero KYC requirements, and a VIP system that pays back up to 30% in rakeback. As one of the leading bitcoin casinos, JACKBIT ensures user safety and a positive gambling experience, making it a top choice for responsible gamblers.

    Throw in $10,000 in weekly giveaways, 10,000 free spins every week, BTC 10 weekly cashback, and access to the most advanced crypto sportsbook on the market, and JACKBIT becomes more than just a casino—it’s a crypto-powered entertainment hub.

    CLICK HERE TO GET 30% RAKEBACK BONUS + 100 FREE SPINS + NO KYC

    Why We Chose JACKBIT as the Top Online Bitcoin Casino

    >Jackbit Bitcoin Casino Bonus (2025)

    JACKBIT is raising the bar in 2025 with one of the most rewarding crypto casino bonus lineups around:

    Welcome Bonus: 30% Rakeback + 100 Free Spins Wager Free + No KYC

    • 30% Rakeback on Losses
    • 100 Free Spins on First Deposit
    • No KYC Required to Play or Withdraw
    • $10,000 in Weekly Cash Giveaways
    • 10,000 Free Spins Given Away Weekly

    Whether you’re a casual player or a seasoned high roller, JACKBIT’s top bitcoin gambling sites promotions deliver real value. The rakeback system ensures you get up to 30% of your losses back, automatically credited to your account. It’s a rare feature that rewards consistent play and loyalty.

    Plus, the ongoing giveaways offer serious value, with thousands of dollars in cash and free spins distributed every single week. JACKBIT doesn’t just claim to be rewarding—it proves it, week after week.

    How to Join JACKBIT Bitcoin Casino: A Step-by-Step Guide

    Getting started with JACKBIT Casino is quick, easy, and completely hassle-free—even for players in the U.S. With no KYC requirements, you can dive into the action instantly, without uploading any personal documents. Follow these simple steps to join:

    Step 1: Visit the Official JACKBIT Bitcoin Casino

    Head straight to the JACKBIT crypto Casino sign-up page and click the “Sign Up” button in the top right corner to begin.

    Step 2: Set Up Your Account

    Fill out the short registration form with the following details:

    • Your email address
    • A strong password
    • Your country of residence
    • Preferred currency (crypto and fiat options available)

    Agree to the terms and conditions, then click “Create Account.”

    Step 3: Fund Your Account

    Once registered, go to the “Wallet” section to make your first deposit. JACKBIT supports a variety of payment methods like:

    • Bitcoin (BTC)
    • Ethereum (ETH)
    • Tether (USDT)
    • And more payment methods

    Pro Tip: Don’t forget to claim your 30% Rakeback + 100 Free Spins welcome bonus with your first deposit!

    Step 4: Start Playing

    With your account funded, you’re ready to explore JACKBIT’s full range of games. Jump into:

    • Thousands of online slots
    • Live dealer tables
    • The industry-leading crypto sportsbook

    Whether you’re here to spin, bet, or win big—JACKBIT Bitcoin casino delivers from the very first click.

    Why Crypto Casinos

    Crypto casinos have revolutionized the online gaming industry by offering a unique and exciting way to play casino games using cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Litecoin. These casinos provide a secure, transparent, and fair gaming experience, making them a popular choice among players. With the rise of crypto casinos, players can now enjoy a wide range of games, including slots, table games, live dealer games, and more, all from the comfort of their own homes.

    One of the key advantages of crypto casinos is the enhanced security they offer. Transactions made with cryptocurrencies are encrypted and decentralized, reducing the risk of fraud and ensuring that players’ funds are safe. Additionally, the use of blockchain technology allows for provably fair gaming, where players can verify the fairness of each game outcome.

    Crypto casinos also offer a level of anonymity that traditional online casinos cannot match. Players can register and play without providing personal information, thanks to the no KYC (Know Your Customer) requirements. This makes the gaming experience more private and secure.

    In summary, crypto casinos combine the thrill of online gaming with the benefits of cryptocurrency, providing a modern and innovative way to enjoy casino games. Whether you’re a fan of slots, table games, or live dealer games, crypto casinos offer a diverse and exciting gaming experience.

    Getting Started with Crypto Casinos

    Getting started with crypto casinos is easy and straightforward. To begin, players need to choose a reputable and trustworthy crypto casino that offers a wide range of games and accepts their preferred cryptocurrency. Once they have selected a casino, they can create an account and make a deposit using their cryptocurrency wallet.

    Many crypto casinos offer generous welcome bonuses, free spins, and other promotions to new players, making it an excellent way to start their gaming journey. These bonuses can significantly boost your initial bankroll, giving you more opportunities to explore the casino’s game offerings.

    Here’s a step-by-step guide to getting started with crypto casinos:

    1. Choose a Reputable Crypto Casino: Look for a casino with a good reputation, a wide range of games, and positive player reviews. Ensure that the casino supports your preferred cryptocurrency.
    2. Create an Account: Register by providing basic information such as your email address and creating a strong password. Some casinos may also ask for your country of residence and preferred currency.
    3. Make a Deposit: Go to the casino’s wallet section and make a deposit using your cryptocurrency wallet. Most crypto casinos support a variety of cryptocurrencies, including Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Tether.
    4. Claim Your Welcome Bonus: Don’t forget to claim your welcome bonus, which may include free spins and deposit bonuses. These bonuses can give you a great start and increase your chances of winning.
    5. Start Playing: With your account funded and your bonus claimed, you’re ready to start playing. Explore the casino’s game library, which may include slots, table games, live dealer games, and more.

    By following these steps, you can easily get started with crypto casinos and enjoy a thrilling and rewarding gaming experience.

    Best Ways to Play at JACKBIT Bitcoin Casino

    Whether you’re a crypto-savvy high roller or a casual gamer looking for quick fun, JACKBIT bitcoin casino offers countless ways to play. A key promotional feature is the reload bonus, which encourages both new and returning players to keep engaging with the platform. Here’s how to maximize your gaming experience:

    JACKBIT provides various promotional offers, including a generous deposit bonus that matches a percentage of your initial deposit. This significantly increases your available gaming funds and enhances your overall engagement with the platform.

    1. Explore the 7,000+ casino games

    JACKBIT hosts one of the largest game collections online, offering a wide variety of crypto gambling games—including:

    • Top-tier slots from providers like Pragmatic Play, Nolimit City, and Hacksaw Gaming
    • Live casino tables with real dealers for blackjack, roulette, baccarat, and game shows
    • Bitcoin blackjack for enhanced player experience with faster transactions, lower fees, and added privacy
    • Crypto crash and instant games like Aviator and Plinko for fast-paced action

    Pro Tip: Use the search bar or filters to discover hidden gems and new releases.

    Playing games on JACKBIT allows users to engage with various types of online casino platforms, making it easy to enjoy activities like bingo and traditional slot games using cryptocurrencies.

    2. Take Advantage of Rakeback, Bonuses & Free Spins

    One of the most significant advantages of playing at crypto casinos is the opportunity to take advantage of rakeback, bonuses, and free spins. Rakeback is a reward program that gives players a percentage of their losses back, while bonuses and free spins provide players with extra funds to play with.

    Many crypto casinos offer generous welcome bonuses, reload bonuses, and other promotions to keep players engaged and entertained. For example, a welcome bonus might include a percentage match on your first deposit, along with free spins on popular slot games. Reload bonuses, on the other hand, offer additional funds on subsequent deposits, ensuring that players always have something to look forward to. Additionally, joining a VIP club can provide exclusive benefits such as unique bonuses, cashback deals, and personalized rewards for high-stakes players, elevating the gaming experience.

    Free spins are another popular promotion, giving players the chance to spin the reels of selected slot games without using their own funds. These spins can lead to significant winnings, making them a favorite among players.

    To make the most of these bonuses and promotions, it’s essential to read the terms and conditions carefully. Pay attention to wagering requirements, which dictate how many times you need to play through the bonus before you can withdraw any winnings. By understanding these requirements, you can maximize your gaming experience and increase your chances of winning.

    JACKBIT’s bonus system is built for longevity. Maximize your returns with:

    • Up to 30% rakeback on your gameplay losses
    • 100 free spins on your first deposit
    • $10,000 weekly giveaways
    • 10,000 free spins given away weekly

    These free spin offers are part of promotional incentives designed to enhance your gaming experience. It is important to understand the wagering requirement attached to these bonuses to fully benefit from them.

    DON’T JUST PLAY—GET REWARDED WHILE YOU PLAY

    3. Play Anytime, Anywhere

    JACKBIT is fully optimized for mobile gaming. Whether you’re using a phone or tablet, you’ll get:

    • Lightning-fast loading speeds
    • Smooth navigation
    • Full access to games, promotions, and payments

    Perfect for crypto betting on the go. Top Bitcoin gambling sites are also adapting to mobile trends, ensuring functionality and user-friendliness across devices.

    4. Dive Into the Crypto Sportsbook

    Bet on 140+ sports and thousands of live events every month with JACKBIT’s top-tier sportsbook, one of the leading betting sites offering a range of features for users. Highlights include:

    • 82,000+ live events monthly
    • 4,500+ betting types
    • 75,000+ pre-match events

    Great for sports bettors who want fast, crypto-friendly bets and a variety of betting options.

    5. Stay Anonymous, Stay in Control

    Thanks to no KYC requirements, JACKBIT bitcoin casino lets you play anonymously. Enjoy:

    • Instant registration
    • Fast deposits & instant withdrawals
    • Total control over your data

    Perfect for privacy-first players.

    Why JACKBIT Stands Out as the Best Crypto Casino with Minimum Deposits and Withdrawals

    JACKBIT has earned its reputation as the best crypto casino due to its extensive range of casino games, including live casino games, video poker games, and classic table games. Among bitcoin gambling platforms, JACKBIT bitcoin casino site stands out for offering an authentic casino experience with competitive odds, ensuring that players have the best chance to win big. The Bitcoin casino offers a user-friendly interface and seamless navigation, making it easy for players to access their favorite games and enjoy a thrilling gaming experience.

    The Bitcoin casino’s commitment to innovation is evident in its incorporation of cutting-edge technology, providing players with a visually stunning and immersive gaming environment. Many Bitcoin casinos, including JACKBIT, offer regular promotions and bonuses, such as free spins and deposit bonuses, to keep the excitement alive and reward loyal players.

    JACKBIT Bitcoin Casino Pros & Cons

    Pros:

    • 30% Rakeback on All Bets (welcome bonus)
    • 100 Free Spins on First Deposit
    • $10,000 + 10,000 Free Spins Weekly
    • Best Crypto Sportsbook in 2025
    • 7,000+ Casino Games
    • No KYC Policy
    • Fast Crypto Withdrawals
    • Top VIP Program

    Cons:

    • Not available in some restricted countries (use a VPN for access)

    Accepted Payment Methods at Jackbit online casino

    Cryptocurrencies

    Jackbit online casino supports a wide array of cryptocurrencies for both deposits and withdrawals, including:​

    • Bitcoin (BTC)
    • Ethereum (ETH)
    • Tether (USDT)
    • Binance Coin (BNB)
    • USD Coin (USDC)
    • Tron (TRX)
    • Dogecoin (DOGE)
    • Litecoin (LTC)
    • Ripple (XRP)
    • Bitcoin Cash (BCH)
    • Monero (XMR)
    • Dash (DASH)
    • Solana (SOL)
    • Cardano (ADA)
    • Polygon (MATIC)
    • Shiba Inu (SHIB)
    • Chainlink (LINK)
    • Dai (DAI)
    • BUSD​

    These cryptocurrencies can be used for both deposits and withdrawals, providing flexibility for crypto enthusiasts. ​

    Traditional Payment Methods

    While Jackbit is primarily a crypto-focused platform, it also accepts Visa and Mastercard for deposits. However, withdrawals are typically processed through cryptocurrencies. ​

    Transaction Details

    • Deposit Processing Time: Instant for both crypto and card deposits.
    • Withdrawal Processing Time: Typically within 1 hour; however, in some cases, it may take up to one business day.
    • Minimum Deposit: Varies by cryptocurrency; for example, the minimum deposit is approximately $50.
    • Minimum Withdrawal: Depends on the selected cryptocurrency.
    • Withdrawal Limits: Up to €25,000 per week and €50,000 per month.
    • Fees: Jackbit does not charge fees for crypto deposits. ​

    ️ Verification Requirements

    Jackbit operates with a non-mandatory KYC policy, allowing players to deposit and play without immediate identity verification. However, for large withdrawals or if suspicious activity is detected, the casino may request verification documents. ​

    Currency Exchange

    For players preferring fiat currencies, Jackbit offers the option to purchase cryptocurrencies directly through the platform using Visa or Mastercard, facilitating easy conversion from EUR, USD, or CAD to your chosen crypto. ​

    Jackbit crypto Casino’s diverse payment options, swift transaction times, and user-friendly policies make it a convenient choice for both crypto enthusiasts and traditional players.

    Best Games at JACKBIT crypto Casino

    JACKBIT crypto Casino boasts a world-class collection of over 7,000 games—from high-volatility slots to immersive live dealer tables and crypto-exclusive titles. Whether you’re chasing big wins or just spinning for fun, here are the best games to try at JACKBIT:

    Top Online Slots

    If you’re into spinning reels, JACKBIT crypto casino delivers premium slots with stunning graphics, thrilling bonus features, and enticing progressive jackpots. Some of the fan favorites include:

    • Sweet Bonanza (Pragmatic Play) – Candy-themed chaos with tumbling wins and free spins.
    • Wanted Dead or a Wild (Hacksaw Gaming) – A wild-west, high-volatility slot with massive win potential.
    • Gates of Olympus (Pragmatic Play) – Multipliers rain from the gods in this legendary hit.
    • Book of Dead (Play’n GO) – A classic Egyptian-themed slot with big RTP and bonus rounds + 100 free spins available.
    • The Dog House Megaways (Pragmatic Play) – Cute pups, sticky wilds, and explosive payouts.
    • Jammin’ Jars (Push Gaming) – Funky fruit, cluster wins, and exciting bonus features.

    Pro Tip: Look for “Bonus Buy” slots to fast-track your way into free spins and features.

    Best Live Casino Games

    Powered by Evolution, Pragmatic Live, and other top providers, JACKBIT’s live casino gives you the real-deal Vegas vibe—without ever leaving your screen.

    • Lightning Roulette – A thrilling twist on classic roulette with huge multipliers.
    • Blackjack VIP – For high rollers who want fast-paced action and high limits.
    • Crazy Time & Monopoly Live – Game-show-style live games with massive multipliers and interactive fun.
    • Baccarat Squeeze – For fans of high-stakes drama and slow-reveal tension.

    All live dealer games are crypto-friendly and fully mobile-optimized.

    Crash & Instant Games

    For players who like fast-paced, high-risk thrills, JACKBIT offers instant and crash games that pay out in seconds:

    • Aviator – Watch the plane soar—cash out before it crashes!
    • Plinko – Drop the ball and hope for a big multiplier.
    • Dice & Mines – Simple yet addictive games with customizable risk.

    These games are perfect for crypto players looking to flip coins fast.

    Crypto Sportsbook Games

    If sports betting is your game, JACKBIT’s sportsbook is one of the most complete on the crypto scene:

    • 82,000+ live monthly events
    • 4,500+ bet types across 140+ sports
    • Esports, live stats, and instant crypto payouts

    Great for betting on everything from Premier League to CS:GO.

    Crypto Casino Software Providers

    Crypto casino software providers play a crucial role in the online gaming industry by developing and supplying games to crypto casinos. Some of the top crypto casino software providers include Pragmatic Play, Evolution Gaming, and Hacksaw Gaming. These providers offer a wide range of games, including slots, table games, and live dealer games, all of which are designed to provide a fair and exciting gaming experience.

    Pragmatic Play is known for its high-quality slots and innovative game features. Their games often come with stunning graphics, engaging themes, and exciting bonus rounds. Popular titles from Pragmatic Play include “Sweet Bonanza” and “The Dog House Megaways.”

    Evolution Gaming is a leader in live dealer games, offering an authentic casino experience with real dealers and high-definition streaming. Their games include classics like blackjack, roulette, and baccarat, as well as unique game-show-style titles like “Crazy Time” and “Monopoly Live.”

    Hacksaw Gaming is another top provider, known for its creative and high-volatility slots. Games like “Wanted Dead or a Wild” offer thrilling gameplay and the potential for massive wins.

    These software providers ensure that crypto casinos offer a diverse and exciting gaming experience, with something for every type of player. Whether you prefer spinning the reels of a slot game or enjoying the thrill of live dealer games, these providers have you covered.

    A Leader in Bitcoin Gambling sites with Live Dealer Games, free spins & Customer Support

    As a leading crypto casino, JACKBIT stands out among BTC gambling sites by providing a seamless experience for both deposits and withdrawals as well as free spins. With instant deposits and withdrawals, players can enjoy their winnings without delay.

    The Bitcoin gambling sites also offer a generous welcome bonus, live casino games, and BTC 30% weekly cashback, making it an attractive choice for both new and seasoned players. JACKBIT crypto casino supports a wide variety of cryptocurrencies, including BTC and ETH, ensuring that players can easily manage their funds using their preferred digital currency rather than other bitcoin gambling sites.

    JACKBIT’s commitment to security is unwavering, with advanced encryption technology and robust security measures in place to protect players’ personal and financial information.

    Additionally, JACKBIT is KYC VPN friendly, allowing players to maintain anonymity and privacy while enjoying a seamless gaming experience without restrictions. The crypto gambling site’s dedication to providing a safe and secure gaming environment has earned it a loyal following among crypto enthusiasts.

    A Trusted Name in Bitcoin Online Gambling Sites with Multiple Trending Casino Games

    When it comes to choosing a trusted crypto gambling site, there are many options to consider. However, not all sites are created equal, and some stand out from the rest due to their reputation, game selection, and player experience.

    Trusted Bitcoin casino sites offer a wide range of games, from slots and table games to live dealer games and sports betting. These sites are known for their fair play, secure transactions, and excellent customer support.

    For example, a top Bitcoin gambling site might offer thousands of slot games with instant deposits and withdrawals from leading providers like Pragmatic Play and Evolution Gaming. These games come with exciting themes, high-quality graphics, and the potential for big wins. Table games like blackjack, roulette, and baccarat are also popular, providing a classic casino experience.

    Live dealer games bring the excitement of a real casino to your screen, with professional dealers and interactive gameplay. Sports betting is another popular option, allowing players to bet on their favorite sports and events with competitive odds.

    In summary, trusted Bitcoin gambling sites offer a comprehensive and enjoyable gaming experience, with a wide range of games and features to suit every player. Whether you’re a fan of slots, table games, live dealer games, or sports betting, these sites provide a secure and exciting way to enjoy online gambling.

    A Trusted Name in Sports betting & Bitcoin casino with trending casino games & with a Bitcoin Casino bonus including instant deposits and withdrawals

    JACKBIT crypto casino has become synonymous with trust and reliability in the online gambling space. As one of the many Bitcoin gambling sites, it offers a cryptocurrency-based gambling experience with extensive game libraries, enticing promotions, and user-friendly features. Bitcoin casino sites like JACKBIT provide advantages such as instant withdrawals, a diverse array of gaming options, and generous bonuses, all specifically tailored for players using cryptocurrencies. The Bitcoin casino is known for its provably fair games, ensuring fair play for all users. Additionally, JACKBIT’s customer support is top-notch, providing assistance whenever needed. The casino’s support team is available 24/7, ready to assist players with any questions or concerns they may have.

    JACKBIT’s crypto casino transparency and commitment to fair play have made it a favorite among players seeking a reputable and trustworthy online casino. The Bitcoin casino offers an extensive library of crypto casino games, including popular titles from leading providers, and ensures that players always have access to the latest and greatest in online gaming.

    A Diverse Online Casino Game

    From sports betting to bitcoin slots, JACKBIT crypto casino caters to all types of players. The Bitcoin casino features a wide array of games from top providers like Pragmatic Play and Evolution Gaming. Whether you’re a fan of jackpot slots, enjoy the simplicity of dice games, or prefer the thrill of live dealer games, JACKBIT has something for all casino enthusiasts. The casino’s diverse selection of games, including exciting jackpot games, ensures that players never run out of options, with new titles added regularly to keep the gaming experience fresh and exciting.

    JACKBIT’s sports betting platform offers competitive odds and a wide range of betting options, allowing sports enthusiasts to place bets on their favorite teams and events. Additionally, platforms like Mega Dice feature an extensive range of over 4,000 casino games and a robust sportsbook, making it an appealing choice for both casino enthusiasts and sports bettors.

    The crypto casino’s live dealer games provide an authentic casino experience, with real dealers and interactive gameplay that brings the excitement of a brick-and-mortar casino to the comfort of your home.

    Promotions and Deposit Bonuses of Best Crypto Casino Online

    Best crypto casinos are known for their enticing promotions and bonuses, designed to attract new players and keep existing ones engaged. These can range from generous welcome bonuses to exciting free spins and loyalty programs. For instance, some crypto casinos offer a welcome bonus of up to 1 BTC, along with 50 free spins on popular slot games. This gives new players a substantial boost to start their gaming journey.

    In addition to the welcome bonuses, players can also benefit from deposit bonuses, which can match a percentage of their deposits, sometimes up to 100%. Reload bonuses are another popular promotion, offering players additional funds on subsequent deposits. Weekly free spins, free bets, and other ongoing promotions keep the excitement alive, providing players with more opportunities to win big. These bonuses not only enhance the gaming experience but also increase the chances of hitting those coveted jackpots.

    Security, Safety & Customer Support

    Security and safety are paramount in the world of crypto casinos. These platforms employ advanced encryption technology to safeguard player data and ensure that all transactions are secure. This means that your personal and financial information is protected at all times. Additionally, crypto casinos use provably fair algorithms to guarantee that games are fair and random, providing a level playing field for all players.

    Many crypto & Bitcoin gambling sites are licensed and regulated by reputable authorities, such as the Curacao Gaming Authority. This ensures that they operate in a fair and transparent manner, adhering to strict standards of conduct. Players can also enhance their security by using VPNs, adding an extra layer of protection to their gaming experience. With these measures in place, players can enjoy their favorite games with confidence, knowing that their safety is a top priority.

    Mobile Gaming

    Mobile gaming has become a cornerstone of the crypto casino experience, allowing players to access their favorite games from anywhere, at any time. Many best crypto casinos have developed mobile-friendly websites and apps that are optimized for use on smartphones and tablets. This means you can enjoy seamless gameplay, whether you’re at home or on the go.

    With mobile devices, players can easily deposit and withdraw funds, play games, and participate in promotions, all with a few taps on their screens. The convenience and accessibility of mobile device gaming have made crypto casinos more appealing than ever. Whether you’re waiting for a bus or relaxing at home, you can dive into the exciting world of crypto casino gaming whenever you want.

    Final Words on Best Bitcoin Gambling Sites No KYC VPN Friendly

    JACKBIT’s recognition as the best bitcoin casino online for 2025 is a testament to its dedication to providing a superior gaming experience. As one of the best crypto casinos, JACKBIT excels in software quality, game variety, bonuses, and user experience.

    With its robust selection of games, secure payment methods, and exceptional customer service, JACKBIT is set to continue leading the crypto casino industry rather than many Bitcoin casinos in the industry. Whether you’re a seasoned gambler or new to the world of crypto gambling, JACKBIT is the perfect platform to explore the exciting world of the best crypto gambling sites. The casino’s commitment to innovation within the crypto gambling space, security, and player satisfaction ensures that it remains at the forefront of the online gambling industry.

    FAQ about Best Crypto gambling Sites with NO KYC, VPN Friendly

    What makes JACKBIT the best crypto casino?

    JACKBIT offers a comprehensive selection of casino games, including live casino games and online casino games, along with secure and instant deposits, free spins, casino games, and withdrawal options. As a leading Bitcoin online gambling site, JACKBIT’s reputation for fair play and generous bonuses, such as free spins, further enhances its appeal.

    JACKBIT’s cutting-edge technology and user-friendly interface make it a top choice for players seeking an exceptional gaming experience, especially those interested in playing games like bingo and traditional slot games using cryptocurrencies.

    Can I play sports betting on JACKBIT Bitcoin casino?

    Yes, JACKBIT provides a robust sports betting platform, allowing players to place bets on a wide range of sports events with competitive odds. The platform offers various betting options, catering to both casual bettors and seasoned sports enthusiasts. JACKBIT’s sports betting section is designed to provide an engaging and rewarding experience for all players.

    Are there live dealer games available at this crypto casino?

    Absolutely, JACKBIT features an exciting array of live dealer games that bring the authentic casino experience directly to your screen. Players can interact with real dealers and enjoy the thrill of live gaming from the comfort of their own homes. The live dealer games & dice games at JACKBIT are powered by top providers, ensuring high-quality streaming and immersive gameplay.

    Is JACKBIT a reliable platform for online gambling & provably fair games?

    Yes, JACKBIT is renowned for its reliability and trustworthiness in the online gambling industry, offering provably fair games and excellent customer support. The casino’s commitment to security and transparency ensures that players can enjoy their gaming experience with peace of mind. JACKBIT’s reputation as a trusted name in online gambling has made it a popular choice among players worldwide.

    Can I find JACKBIT on bitcoin gambling sites with instant deposits and withdrawals?

    Yes, JACKBIT is prominently featured on many top crypto gambling sites as a leading choice for crypto casino gaming. The casino’s stellar reputation and wide range of gaming options make it a preferred platform for players seeking a top-tier crypto gambling experience. JACKBIT’s presence on reputable bitcoin gambling sites further solidifies its status as a leading player in the industry.

    What sets JACKBIT apart from the best crypto gambling sites?

    JACKBIT stands out among the best crypto gambling sites due to its extensive range of dice games, attractive bonuses, and user-friendly interface. The platform supports a variety of cryptocurrencies, offers innovative incentives, and ensures low transaction fees, making it an appealing choice for players. JACKBIT’s commitment to providing a secure and enjoyable gambling experience, along with features like instant withdrawal for transaction efficiency, makes it a top contender in the crypto gambling market.

    Types of Crypto Casino Games

    Crypto casino games come in a variety of forms, catering to different player preferences and offering a unique twist on traditional casino gaming. The most common types include slots, table games, live dealer games, and specialty games like Crash and Plinko.

    Slots are a staple in any crypto casino, offering a range of themes, mechanics, and betting limits. From classic fruit machines to modern video slots with intricate storylines and bonus features, there’s something for every slot enthusiast. Popular titles often come from renowned providers like Pragmatic Play and Hacksaw Gaming, ensuring high-quality graphics and engaging gameplay.

    Table games such as blackjack, roulette, and baccarat provide a more traditional casino experience. These games are perfect for players who enjoy strategy and skill-based gaming. Crypto casinos often offer multiple variations of these classic games, catering to both beginners and seasoned players.

    Live dealer games offer an immersive experience with real-time interaction with professional dealers. Powered by top providers like Evolution Gaming, these games bring the excitement of a brick-and-mortar casino to your screen. Players can enjoy live blackjack, roulette, baccarat, and even game-show-style titles like Crazy Time and Monopoly Live.

    Specialty games like Crash and Plinko add a unique twist to the traditional casino experience. These games are fast-paced and often involve simple mechanics with high-risk, high-reward potential. For example, in Crash, players must cash out before a multiplier crashes, while Plinko involves dropping a ball to land on a high multiplier.

    With the rise of crypto casinos, players can now enjoy these games with the added benefits of cryptocurrency, including fast transactions, anonymity, and provably fair gaming. This diverse selection ensures that every player can find something to enjoy, making crypto casinos a popular choice for online gaming enthusiasts.

    Bitcoin Online Gambling

    Bitcoin online gambling has surged in popularity, offering players a secure, fast, and anonymous way to enjoy their favorite casino games. Bitcoin casinos provide a wide range of games, including slots, table games, and live dealer games, all of which can be played using Bitcoin.

    One of the primary advantages of Bitcoin online gambling is the speed of transactions. Deposits and withdrawals are processed almost instantly, allowing players to access their funds without delay. This is a significant improvement over traditional payment methods, which can take several days to process.

    Security is another major benefit. Bitcoin transactions are encrypted and decentralized, reducing the risk of fraud and ensuring that players’ funds are safe. Additionally, Bitcoin casinos often employ advanced security measures, such as two-factor authentication and SSL encryption, to protect players’ personal and financial information.

    Anonymity is a key feature of Bitcoin online gambling. Players can register and play without providing personal information, thanks to the no KYC (Know Your Customer) requirements. This makes the gaming experience more private and secure, appealing to players who value their privacy.

    Bitcoin casinos also offer generous welcome bonuses, reload bonuses, and other promotions to attract new players. These bonuses can significantly boost your initial bankroll, giving you more opportunities to explore the casino’s game offerings. For example, a welcome bonus might include a percentage match on your first deposit, along with free spins on popular slot games.

    In summary, Bitcoin online gambling provides a more convenient, secure, and rewarding gaming experience. With fast deposits and withdrawals, low transaction fees, and increased security, it’s no wonder that more players are turning to Bitcoin casinos for their online gaming needs.

    A Trusted Name in Sports betting & Bitcoin casino with trending casino games & with a Bitcoin Casino bonus including instant deposits and withdrawals

    Comparison of Gambling Sites

    When comparing gambling sites, several factors come into play, including the range of games, bonuses and promotions, payment methods, and customer support. The best Bitcoin gambling sites excel in these areas, providing a comprehensive and enjoyable gaming experience.

    Range of Games: The best gambling sites offer a wide variety of games, including slots, table games, and live dealer games. A diverse game library ensures that players have plenty of options to choose from, catering to different preferences and skill levels. Look for sites that feature games from top providers like Pragmatic Play, Evolution Gaming, and Hacksaw Gaming.

    Bonuses and Promotions: Generous bonuses and promotions are a hallmark of top gambling sites. These can include welcome bonuses, reload bonuses, free spins, and loyalty programs. Bonuses not only enhance the gaming experience but also increase the chances of winning. It’s important to read the terms and conditions, especially the wagering requirements, to fully benefit from these offers.

    Payment Methods: A variety of payment methods is crucial for a seamless gaming experience. The best Bitcoin gambling sites support multiple cryptocurrencies, such as Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Litecoin, as well as traditional payment methods like credit cards and bank transfers. Fast deposits and withdrawals, with low transaction fees, are essential for player satisfaction.

    Customer Support: Reliable customer support is a key factor in choosing a gambling site. The best sites offer 24/7 support through multiple contact options, including live chat, email, and phone. Prompt and helpful customer service ensures that any issues or questions are resolved quickly, enhancing the overall gaming experience.

    Reputation: A strong reputation is built on positive player reviews and high ratings. Trusted gambling sites are licensed and regulated by reputable authorities, ensuring fair play and transparency. Look for sites with a proven track record of reliability and trustworthiness.

    By considering these factors, players can make an informed decision when choosing a gambling site that meets their needs and provides a secure and enjoyable gaming experience.

    Email: support@jackbit.com

    Legal Disclaimer
    This content is for informational purposes only and not legal, financial, or gambling advice. Ensure compliance with local gambling laws. No warranties are made regarding accuracy. Readers are responsible for verifying information and ensuring legal compliance. Gambling may be restricted in some regions.

    Affiliate Disclosure
    Some links may be affiliate links, earning a commission at no cost to you. Recommendations are based on objective evaluation, and partnerships do not influence conclusions.

    Disclaimer: This press release is provided by the Jackbit. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice.

    Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed.

    Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/ae192d0f-d29a-4a8e-a8d3-d5a7732306a7

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-Evening Report: ER Report: A Roundup of Significant Articles on EveningReport.nz for April 23, 2025

    ER Report: Here is a summary of significant articles published on EveningReport.nz on April 23, 2025.

    The ‘responsible gambling’ mantra does nothing to prevent harm. It probably makes things worse
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Charles Livingstone, Associate Professor, School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine, Monash University Haelen Haagen/Shutterstock Recent royal commissions and inquiries into Crown and Star casino groups attracted much media attention. Most of this was focused on money laundering and other illegalities. The Victorian royal commission found widespread

    This election, Gen Z and Millennials hold most of the voting power. How might they wield it?
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Intifar Chowdhury, Lecturer in Government, Flinders University The centre of gravity of Australian politics has shifted. Millennials and Gen Z voters, now comprising 47% of the electorate, have taken over as the dominant voting bloc. But this generational shift isn’t just about numerical dominance. It’s also about

    Only a third of Australians support increasing defence spending: new research
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Richard Dunley, Senior Lecturer in History and Maritime Strategy, UNSW Sydney National security issues have been a constant feature of this federal election campaign. Both major parties have spruiked their national security credentials by promising additional defence spending. The Coalition has pledged to spend 3% of Australia’s

    After stunning comeback, centre-left Liberals likely to win majority of seats at Canadian election
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Adrian Beaumont, Election Analyst (Psephologist) at The Conversation; and Honorary Associate, School of Mathematics and Statistics, The University of Melbourne In Canada, the governing centre-left Liberals had trailed the Conservatives by more than 20 points in January, but now lead by five points and are likely to

    The Greens are hoping for another ‘greenslide’ election. What do the polls say?
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Narelle Miragliotta, Associate Professor in Politics, Murdoch University Election talk is inevitably focused on Labor and the Coalition because they are the parties that customarily form government. But a minor party like the Greens is consequential, regardless of whether the election delivers a minority government. Certainly, the

    Victory for US press freedom and workers – court grants injunction in VOA media case
    Asia Pacific Report The US District Court for the District of Columbia has granted a preliminary injunction in Widakuswara v Lake, affirming the US Agency for Global Media (USAGM) was unlawfully shuttered by the Trump administration, Acting Director Victor Morales and Special Adviser Kari Lake. The decision enshrines that USAGM must fulfill its legally required

    Scientists claim to have found evidence of alien life. But ‘biosignatures’ might hide more than they reveal
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Campbell Rider, PhD Candidate in Philosophy – Philosophy of Biology, University of Sydney Artist’s impression of the exoplanet K2-18b A. Smith/N. Madhusudhan (University of Cambridge) Whether or not we’re alone in the universe is one of the biggest questions in science. A recent study, led by astrophysicist Nikku

    What would change your mind about climate change? We asked 5,000 Australians – here’s what they told us
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Kelly Kirkland, Research Fellow in Psychology, The University of Queensland LOOKSLIKEPHOTO/Shutterstock Australia just sweltered through one of its hottest summers on record, and heat has pushed well into autumn. Once-in-a-generation floods are now striking with alarming regularity. As disasters escalate, insurers are warning some properties may soon

    Even experts disagree over whether social media is bad for kids. We examined why
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Simon Knight, Associate Professor, Transdisciplinary School, University of Technology Sydney A low relief sculpture depicting Plato and Aristotle arguing adorning the external wall of Florence Cathedral. Krikkiat/Shutterstock Disagreement and uncertainty are common features of everyday life. They’re also common and expected features of scientific research. Despite this,

    Australian women are wary of AI being used in breast cancer screening – new research
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Alison Pearce, Associate Professor, Health Economics, University of Sydney Okrasiuk/Shutterstock Artificial intelligence (AI) is becoming increasingly relevant in many aspects of society, including health care. For example, it’s already used for robotic surgery and to provide virtual mental health support. In recent years, scientists have developed AI

    These 3 climate misinformation campaigns are operating during the election run-up. Here’s how to spot them
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Alfie Chadwick, PhD Candidate, Monash Climate Change Communication Research Hub, Monash University Australia’s climate and energy wars are at the forefront of the federal election campaign as the major parties outline vastly different plans to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and tackle soaring power prices. Meanwhile, misinformation about

    Port of Darwin’s struggling Chinese leaseholder may welcome an Australian buy-out
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Colin Hawes, Associate professor of law, University of Technology Sydney Slow Walker/Shutterstock Far from causing trade frictions, an Australian buyout of the Port of Darwin lease may provide a lifeline for its struggling Chinese parent company Landbridge Group. Both Labor and the Coalition have proposed such a

    When rock music met ancient archeology: the enduring power of Pink Floyd Live at Pompeii
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Craig Barker, Head, Public Engagement, Chau Chak Wing Museum, University of Sydney Sony Music The 1972 concert film Pink Floyd Live at Pompeii, back in cinemas this week, remains one of the most unique concert documentaries ever recorded by a rock band. The movie captured the band

    Gambling in Australia: how bad is the problem, who gets harmed most and where may we be heading?
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Alex Russell, Principal Research Fellow, CQUniversity Australia Mick Tsikas/AAP, Joel Carret/AAP, Darren England/AAP, Ihor Koptilin/Shutterstock, The Conversation, CC BY Gambling prevalence studies provide a snapshot of gambling behaviour, problems and harm in our communities. They are typically conducted about every five years. In some Australian states and

    Lest we forget? Aside from Anzac Day, NZ has been slow to remember its military veterans
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Alexander Gillespie, Professor of Law, University of Waikato Fiona Goodall/Getty Images Following some very public protests, including Victoria Cross recipient Willie Apiata handing back his medal, the government’s announcement of an expanded official definition of the term “veteran” brings some good news for former military personnel ahead

    Dutton promises Coalition would increase defence spending to 3% of GDP ‘within a decade’
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra Opposition Leader Peter Dutton will promise a Coalition government would boost Australia’s spending on defence to 2.5% of GDP within five years and 3% within a decade. Launching the Coalition’s long-awaited defence policy on Wednesday in Western Australia, Dutton will

    Leaders trade barbs and well-worn lines in unspectacular third election debate
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Joshua Black, Visitor, School of History, Australian National University Anthony Albanese and Peter Dutton have met for the third leaders’ debate of this election campaign, this time on the Nine network. And while the debate traversed much of the same ground as the first two, the quick-fire

    Election Diary: Dutton in third debate gives Labor ammunition for its scare about cuts
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra In the leaders’ third head-to-head encounter, on Nine on Tuesday, Peter Dutton’s bluntness when pressed on cuts has given more ammunition to Labor’s scare campaign about what a Coalition government might do. “When John Howard came into power, there was

    To truly understand Pope Francis’ theology – and impact – you need to look to his life in Buenos Aires
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Fernanda Peñaloza, Senior Lecturer in Latin American Studies, University of Sydney Pope Francis’ journey from the streets of Flores, a neighbourhood in Buenos Aires, Argentina, to the Vatican, is a remarkable tale. Born in 1936, Jorge Bergoglio was raised in a middle-class family of Italian Catholic immigrants.

    Bougainville takes the initiative in mediation over independence
    By Don Wiseman, RNZ Pacific senior journalist In recent weeks, Bougainville has taken the initiative, boldly stating that it expects to be independent by 1 September 2027. It also expects the PNG Parliament to quickly ratify the 2019 referendum, in which an overwhelming majority of Bougainvilleans supported independence. In a third move, it established a

    MIL OSI Analysis – EveningReport.nz –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI China: China’s zero-carbon industrial parks light way to greener future

    Source: China State Council Information Office 2

    This photo shows a charging station powered by the solar array at an industrial park in Liyang, a county-level city under Changzhou in east China’s Jiangsu Province, April 17, 2025. [Photo/Xinhua]
    Along a nearly-500-meter asphalt road shaded by a glimmering canopy of photovoltaic panels, new energy vehicles travel back and forth. Some pull over at the roadside charging station powered by the solar array.
    This eco-friendly scene, especially fitting on Tuesday, the 56th Earth Day, is part of a broader zero-carbon initiative at a 100-hectare industrial park in Liyang, a county-level city under Changzhou in east China’s Jiangsu Province.
    Since beginning operations in June last year, the park has installed around 77,000 square meters of photovoltaic panels, generating 5.2 million kilowatt-hours of green electricity annually. To achieve net-zero carbon emissions, the park is diversifying its clean energy sources to include wind and hydro power, according to Li Jie, general manager of State Grid Liyang Electric Vehicle Service Company, one of the park’s key developers.
    Carbon-free industrial parks aim to achieve zero carbon emissions by integrating clean energy, green architecture, smart management systems and circular economy practices. China’s Central Economic Work Conference, which outlined the national priorities for 2025, called for ramped-up efforts to promote a green transition across all sectors, including the establishment of a group of zero-carbon industrial parks.
    According to Wu Wei, an associate professor at the China Institute for Studies in Energy Policy at Xiamen University, such parks not only drive low-carbon development but also enhance enterprises’ innovation capability, energy efficiency and informatization level, serving as a key engine for China’s high-quality economic growth.
    Zero-carbon practices power ahead
    According to the city’s action plan, Changzhou aims to build more than 10 near-zero-carbon parks and more than 15 near-zero-carbon factories from 2024 to 2026.
    Among the pioneers in this plan is Nari-Relays Electric (NR Electric), a local power electronics company. By leveraging AI and cloud computing to monitor and optimize energy use in real time — from water and electricity consumption to photovoltaic output and environmental conditions — the company has cut over 21,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide emissions and saved nearly 7,300 tonnes of standard coal since 2023.
    Thanks to these efforts, the cost reduction and efficiency improvement have saved NR Electric nearly 20 million yuan (about 2.77 million U.S. dollars), according to the company.
    As microgrids are a cornerstone of zero-carbon parks’ operation, Changzhou has completed 39 microgrid projects with a total investment of 1.18 billion yuan and plans to construct more such projects in the coming years.
    Beyond Changzhou, moves to go carbon-free are gaining momentum across China. In 2022, Shanghai released an action plan for a zero-carbon demonstration park in its Minhang District. In 2024, a plan was unveiled to build a zero-carbon park in Beijing’s Daxing District. Provinces and regions like Guangxi, Yunnan and Fujian have included zero-carbon park construction in their 2025 government work reports.
    China has pledged to peak carbon emissions by 2030 and reach carbon neutrality by 2060. With the advancement of the dual carbon goals, it is expected to see a surge in zero-carbon parks in 2025, said Ding Hong, vice president of Jiangsu’s provincial society of the urban economy.
    “Advances in distributed solar photovoltaics, energy storage and smart energy management platforms will significantly lower costs of zero-carbon parks’ construction and operation, and profoundly change China’s energy utilization mode,” Ding said.
    Low-carbon innovations go global
    In Jiangsu’s Suzhou Industrial Park, a joint China-Singapore zero-energy building fitted with rooftop photovoltaic panels, small wind turbines and an AI-controlled lighting and climate system showcases the possibilities of future urban architecture.
    Built using sustainable materials, the structure is part of the China-Singapore Green Digital Hub, a 6.7-billion-yuan project launched last November to boost green industries and emerging services.
    According to Li Wenjie, deputy director of the institute of urban development at Suzhou Industrial Park, the zero-energy building has been certified by standards organizations in both the United States and Singapore. “This highlights that China’s carbon reduction technologies have gained worldwide recognition,” he noted.
    China’s green technologies are now reaching global markets. NR Electric, for example, has provided energy storage solutions to over 30 countries, including Britain, Japan and Saudi Arabia. At Britain’s Richborough Energy Park, its technology has helped reduce carbon emissions by over 10,000 tonnes — the greatest reduction among all battery energy-storage projects in the country in 2024.
    Currently, China is collaborating on green energy projects with over 100 countries and regions. According to the International Renewable Energy Agency, the average global cost per megawatt-hour for wind power has plummeted over the last decade by over 60 percent, and by 80 percent for solar power.
    China has made remarkable progress in its green transition and technologies, said Erik Berglof, chief economist at the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, during this year’s Boao Forum for Asia held in late March. He noted that its journey offers a blueprint for sustainable development that other countries can follow. 

    MIL OSI China News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Russia: Global Financial Stability Report Press Briefing

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    April 22, 2025

    GFSR PRESS BRIEFING

    Speakers:

    Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor and Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Jason Wu, Assistant Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

    Moderator: Meera Louis, Communications Officer, IMF

    Ms. LOUIS: Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the GFSR press conference. And thank you for joining us today. I am Meera Louis with the Communications Department at the IMF.

    Joining us here today is Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department. Also with us is Jason Wu, Assistant Director, and Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department.

    So, Tobias, before we turn the floor over for questions, I wanted to start by asking you, what were some of the challenges you and your team faced in preparing for this report? We are in uncharted territory now. So how did you come up with a strategy to shape this report?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thank you so much, Meera. And welcome, everybody, to the International Monetary Fund.

    We are launching the Global Financial Stability Report, and let me give you a couple of headline messages from the report.

    Our baseline assessment for global financial stability is that risks have been increasing, and there are really two main factors here: One is that the overall level of policy uncertainty has increased; and the second factor is that the forecast of economic activity going forward is slightly lower, as Pierre‑Olivier presented at the World Economic Outlook press conference just now. So, it’s a combination of a lower baseline and larger downside risks. Having said that, we do see both downside and upside risks, and we will certainly explain more about the two sides of uncertainty throughout the press conference.

    So let me highlight three vulnerabilities that are driving our assessment.

    The first one is the level of risky asset values. We have certainly seen some adjustment in risky asset values. It’s important to see that in the broader context of where we are coming from. And, in recent years, we saw quite a bit of appreciation—particularly in equity markets and in some sectors, such as technology. So valuations were quite stretched and credit spreads were very tight by historical standards. And we have certainly seen some decline in valuations; but by historical standards, price-earnings ratios in equity markets, for example, continue to be fairly elevated and credit spreads and sovereign spreads have widened to some degree, but they are still fairly contained by historical standards. The stretching of asset valuations continues to be a vulnerability we are watching closely.

    The second vulnerability is about leverage and maturity transformation in the financial system, particularly in the nonbank sector, where we are looking closely at how leverage is evolving. As market volatility has increased, we have seen some degree of deleveraging, but market functioning has been sound so far. With higher volatility, we would expect asset prices to come down, but the functioning of how those asset prices adjusted has been very orderly to date.

    The third vulnerability that we are watching is the overall level of debt globally. In the past decade, and particularly since the pandemic in 2020, sovereign debt levels have been increasing around the world. It’s the backdrop of higher debt that can interact with financial stability and that’s particularly true for emerging markets and frontier economies, where we have certainly seen some widening of sovereign spreads. Issuance year to date has been strong, but, of course, the tightening of financial conditions that we observed in the past three weeks has an outsized impact on those more vulnerable countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And now I will open up the floor to questions. If you could please identify yourself and your outlet. You also have the report online, if need be. And you can also join us online via the Webex link. Thank you.

    So, the lady here in the front.

    QUESTION: Hi. My name is Ray. I am with 21st Century Business Herald, Guangdong, China.

    So, my question is that, you’ve highlighted a series of vulnerabilities and risks. So how does the IMF assess the risk of these tensions triggering broader macro‑financial instability, especially in emerging markets with weaker buffers?

    My second question is that during times of global uncertainty, safe haven assets, such as gold and US treasuries, have been very volatile recently. So how does the IMF assess the volatility affecting currency stability? Thank you so much.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, starting with the second part of your question. We have seen a strong rally in gold prices, which is the sort of usual relationship we see in safe haven flows. When there is a high level of uncertainty, risky assets are selling off, oftentimes gold is viewed as a hedge asset and it has been appreciating.

    Of course, US treasuries remain the baseline reserve asset globally. It’s the largest and most liquid sovereign market. And  we have seen yields move. They have been increasing in the past two weeks, which is somewhat similar to the episode in 2020, when longer‑duration assets had yields increasing, as well. What is somewhat unusual is that the dollar has been falling, to some degree, but it’s important to keep that in the context of the strong dollar rally previously.

    Concerning the emerging markets and frontier economies, yes, the tightening of global financial conditions has an outsized the impact on weaker economies. We have seen a number of weaker emerging markets and frontier economies with high levels of debt. We have seen issuance throughout last year and earlier this year, but tighter financial conditions certainly adversely impact the financing conditions for those countries.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just to quickly add on emerging markets.

    I think it’s important to distinguish the major larger emerging markets versus the frontiers, as Tobias has mentioned. I think so far, we have seen currencies and capital flows being relatively muted in this episode. And I think this speaks to the ongoing theme that we have mentioned for several rounds now, that there’s resilienc among the emerging market economies for a whole host of reasons.

    However, as Tobias has pointed out, the external environment is not favorable and financial conditions are tightening globally. At this time, we need to worry about, countries where they are seeing sovereign spreads increasing, with large debt maturities forthcoming. Policy can be proactive to head off these risks by, for example, making sure that fiscal sustainability is being sent the right message.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Jason. The gentleman in the first row, at that end.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Rotus Oddiri with Arise News.

    So theoretically, if the dollar is weakening, isn’t that, to some degree, relatively good for countries with dollar debts?

    And secondly, how are you seeing fund flows to cash? If there’s a lot of volatility, are you seeing more movements to cash? And are there implications there in terms of [M&A] activity and so on and so forth?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So let me take this in three parts.

    The first question is about sort of like the strength of the dollar and the impact for emerging markets. When we look at exchange rates relative to emerging markets, there’s some heterogeneity. The dollar has appreciated against some emerging markets and depreciated against others. But it’s not the only impact on those financing conditions. We certainly have seen a notable widening of financing spreads. And that is probably the more important determinant for external financing conditions in emerging markets.

    Now, having said that, in some of the larger emerging markets with developed local government bond markets, we have seen some inflows into those local markets, but it’s very country‑specific.

    Turning to the question of investment decisions. We think that the first‑order impact here is the overall level of uncertainty. So, generally, investment decisions are easier in an environment with certainty. Given that some uncertainty remains about how policies are going to play out going forward, that can be a temporary headwind to investments or merger activity.

    Mr. WU: Just to quickly respond to your question about cash. I think during periods where markets are volatile, it’s reasonable that market participants and investors demand more liquidity, thereby moving in cash. We have not seen this happening en masse so far during this episode. So, we have seen bank deposits increase a little bit in the United States, but I think the magnitude is significantly smaller compared to previous episodes of stress.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason. So, the lady here in the second row, with the glasses.

    QUESTION: Hi. Szu Chan from the Telegraph.

    Do you see any parallels between recent moves in the bond market, particularly in US treasuries, with what happened in the wake of the Liz Truss mini budget? And do you think any lasting damage has been done?

    Mr. ADRIAN:

    Just for everybody’s recollection, in October 2022, there was some turbulence in UK gilt markets when the budget announcements were larger than expected and the Bank of England intervened to stabilize markets at that time. Clearly, we haven’t seen interventions by central banks, and the market conditions have been very orderly in recent weeks. There’s a repricing relative to the higher level of uncertainty but as I said at the beginning, there is both upside and downside risk. And we could certainly see upside risk if uncertainty is reduced going forward.

    And market conditions have been quite orderly. The moves are notable in treasuries, in equities, in exchange rates, but they are within movements we have seen in recent years and really reflect the higher level of volatility.

    Mr. Ferreira: I don’t think I have much to add to this, Tobias.

    I think that what we are seeing is some moves that have not been historically deserved in this kind of situation. But these mostly respond to these higher uncertainties and a repricing to the new macro scenario.

    Ms. LOUIS: So, before I go back to the floor, we do have a question on Webex, Pedro da Costa from Market News International. Pedro?

    QUESTION: Thank you so much, Meera. Thank you, guys, for doing this.

    My question is, given the market concerns about the threat to central bank independence, if the threat were exercised in a greater way, what would be the financial stability implications of a potential firing of either the Fed Chair or Fed Governors?

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Pedro. Are there any other questions on central bank independence? I don’t see any in the room. So over to you, Tobias 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, the International Monetary Fund has been advising central banks for many decades. Helping central banks in terms of governance and monetary policy frameworks is really one of the core missions of the IMF. And we have seen time and time again that central bank independence is an important foundation for central banks to achieve their goals, which are primarily price stability and financial stability. We do advise our membership to, have a degree of independence that is aimed at achieving those overarching goals for monetary policy and financial stability policies.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. The gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you so much. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa in Washington, DC.

    I want to ask you about AI. It seems that is the big thing now. First, are you worried about AI? And what type of safeguards is the IMF putting in place to make sure that advanced countries—that AI doesn’t increase risk?

    And maybe, finally, on tariffs. We know that President Trump is imposing tariffs today, removing them tomorrow. China is retaliating. How much will that affect the financial stability of the world? Thank you. 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much. Let me start with the question on artificial intelligence, and Jason can complement me.

    We have done quite a bit of work on that. In October, we actually had a chapter specifically focused on the impact of artificial intelligence on capital market activity, but, of course, the impact of AI is broader. And in our view, there are both risks and opportunities. I think the main opportunity is that it’s actually potentially quite inclusive, right?

    Everybody that has access to the internet via a smartphone or a computer or a tablet, in principle, can use those very powerful artificial intelligence tools. And we have seen examples in emerging markets and lower‑income economies where entrepreneurs are actually using these new tools to innovate. That can boost productivity around the world.

    In financial markets, we do quite a bit of outreach to market participants. And financial institutions—including banks and capital market institutions—are very actively exploring avenues to use artificial intelligence productively. There’s a lot of innovation going on. At the moment, we see a lot of that concentrated in back‑office kind of applications, so keeping your house in order in terms of getting processes done. But in trading and in credit decisions, these are also quite promising.

    In terms of risks, our primary concerns are cybersecurity risks. Many financial institutions are already under cyber attack., AI can be used to make defenses more efficient, but it can also be used for malicious purposes and making attacks more powerful. So, there’s really a bit of a power game on both sides. And we certainly advise many of our members to help them get to a more resilient financial system, relative to those cyber threats.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just quickly, to complement.

    I would encourage everybody to read Chapter 3 of the October 2024 GFSR, which addresses the issue of artificial intelligence in financial markets. Tobias is right, that there are benefits and risks on both sides.

    In addition to cybersecurity, I just wanted to highlight a couple more things, which is that, many of the financial institutions that we spoke to are still at their infancy in terms of deploying AI to make decisions—meaning, for trading or for investment allocation, they are at very early stages. But suppose that this trend rapidly gains? What would happen to risks?

    I think I will highlight two. One is concentration. Will it be a situation where the largest firms with the best models tend to win out and, therefore, dominate the marketplace? And then what are the implications for this? The second is that the speed of adjustment in financial markets might be much quicker if everything is based on high‑powered, artificial intelligence-type algorithms.

    With regard to these two risks, I think there’s great scope for supervisors to gather more information and understand who the key players are and what they are doing. International collaboration obviously is a crucial aspect of this. Market conduct needs to be taken into account, the future possibility that markets will be very much faster and more volatile, perhaps.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. The gentleman in the second row, please, in the middle here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Good morning. I am [Fabrice Nodé‑Langlois] from the French newspaper Le Figaro.

    I have a question on the US public debt. There is a widespread opinion that whatever the level of the public debt—because of the significant role of the dollar, because of the might of the American military and economic power—it’s not a big concern. But under what circumstances, under what financial conditions would the US public debt become a concern for you?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for the question. We are certainly watching sovereign debt around the world, including in the US. I do want to point out that there will be a briefing for the Western Hemisphere region that will specifically focus on the Americas, including the United States.

    When you look at our last Article IV for the United States, we certainly find that the debt situation is sustainable. You know, The U.S. has many ways to adjust its expenditures and revenues. And we think that this makes the debt levels manageable.

    Having said that, as I explained at the beginning, we have seen broadly around the world an increase in debt‑to‑GDP levels, particularly since the start of the pandemic in 2020. And it is an important backdrop in terms of pricing and financial stability. So, we are watching the nexus between sovereign debt and financial intermediaries very carefully.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe one issue related with that— I think that we flagged it in the GFSR—is that I think there is an anticipation that—not only in the US but in several countries—there will be a lot of issuance of new debt going forward. Particularly in a moment where several central banks are doing some quantitative tightening, this might bring some challenges in terms of the function of the financial sector.

    Everything that we are seeing now seems to be working very well, even when we have this kind of shock. This is not a major concern. But going forward, we feel that it’s important to continue monitoring market liquidity. There are some flags that have been raised, particularly in terms of broker‑dealers’ capacity to continue intermediating and providing liquidity to public debt. It’s important to keep monitoring this, as central banks keep going in the direction of quantitative tightening.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Caio.

    And just to add to Tobias’s point, we will have a lot of regional pressers this week. And the Western Hemisphere presser will be on Friday if you have any US‑specific questions. Thank you.

    The lady here in the front row.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Thank you for taking my question. My name is Nume Ekeghe from This Day newspaper, Nigeria.

    The report mentions Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets. And we know it was received positively by investors. So how does Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets signal renewed investor confidence? And what specific macroeconomic reforms or improvements contributed to the shift in sentiments? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: Thank you for that question. Let me make some remarks about Nigeria and then sub‑Saharan Africa, in general.

    In the case of Nigeria, macroeconomic performance has held up,  GDP growth has been fairly consistent, and inflation has been coming down. Earlier this year, we have seen Nigeria’s sovereign credit spreads lowering. I think the reforms that the authorities have done, including the liberalization of exchange rates, has helped in that regard.

    That said, I think I want to go back to the theme that Tobias has mentioned, which is that during a time where global financial markets are volatile and risk appetite, in particular, is wavering, this is when we might see increases in sovereign spreads that will challenge the external picture for Nigeria, as well as other frontier economies. So, for example, Nigeria’s sovereign spread has increased in recent weeks, as stock markets globally have declined.

    The other challenge, of course, is for large commodity exporters, like Nigeria. If trade tensions are going to lead to lower global demand for commodities, this will obviously weigh on the revenue that they will receive. So, I think both of those developments would counsel that authorities remain quite vigilant to these developments and take appropriate policies to counter them.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And just before I come back to the floor, we have another question online, from Lu Kang, Sina Finance. The question is, in light of the IMF’s recent GFSR warning about rising debt, volatile capital flows, and diverging monetary policy paths, how should countries, especially emerging markets, balance financial stability with the imperative to finance climate transitions and digital infrastructure?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    We do a lot of work on debt management with countries. We are providing technical assistance and we are doing a lot of policy work on debt market developments. I think the two main takeaways are, No. 1, the plumbing matters. Putting into place mechanisms such as primary dealers and clearing systems, and pricing mechanisms in government bond markets. It is important all over the world. That includes the most advanced economies, as well as emerging markets. And we have seen tremendous progress in many countries, particularly the major emerging markets in terms of developing those bond markets.

    The second key aspect, of course, is fiscal sustainability. Here again, we engage very actively with our membership to make sure that fiscal frameworks are in place that keep debt trajectories on a path that is commensurate with the economic prospects of the countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. A question here in the front row, please.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Kemi Osukoya with The Africa Bazaar magazine.

    I wanted to follow up on the question that my colleague from Nigeria mentioned, regarding sovereign debts. As you know, African nations, after a period of pause, are just right now returning back to the Eurobond. But at the same time, there is unsustainable high borrowing costs that many of these countries face. So, in your recommendation, what can governments do regarding their bond to use it strategically, as well as to make it sustainable?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for this question. And you know, we are working very closely with many sub‑Saharan African countries to support the countries either via programs or via policy advice and technical assistance to have a macro environment that is conducive for growth. So let me mention three things.

    I think the first one is to recognize that we have been through a period of extraordinarily adverse shocks. Particularly in sub‑Saharan Africa, the pandemic had an outsized impact on many countries. The inflation that ensued was very costly for many countries, particularly for those that are importing commodities. So, the adverse economic shocks have been extraordinary. And I would just note that we have engaged more actively in programs with sub‑Saharan Africa in the past five years than we ever did previously.

    The second point is about the financing costs. And, of course, there are two main components. One is the overall level of financial conditions globally. All countries in the world are part of the global capital markets. And that really depends on overall financing conditions. But more specifically, of course, there are country‑specific conditions—the macroeconomic performance of each country, the buffers in the countries—and the mandate of the Fund is very much focused on macro‑financial stability. So, getting back to a place with buffers, which then can lead to lower financing costs is the main goal. Our work with those countries is very much focused on the kind of catalytic role of the Fund, where we are trying to get growth back and stability back. Let me stop here.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. And a question here in the front row, please. And then I will come back to the middle.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is [Shuichiro Takaoka]. I am working for Jiji Press.

    Just I would like to make clear the risk of a depreciation of the US dollar. And what are the implications of the recent depreciation of US dollar, especially regarding the global financial stability viewpoint?

    Mr. ADRIAN: As I mentioned earlier, we had seen quite a bit of an appreciation of the dollar earlier in the year and late [next] year. And now we have seen a depreciation that is roughly of commensurate magnitude. The volatility in the exchange rates is reflecting the broader volatility. There are some indications that the exchange rate movements are related to flows to investor reallocations, but the magnitudes of those flows are relatively small, relative to the run‑up of inflows into US assets in recent years. The cumulative inflows into bonds and stocks from around the world have been quite pronounced. So, to what extent these movements in the exchange rate and the associated flows are just a temporary or a more permanent impact remains to be seen. It really depends on how the current uncertainty is going to be resolved. As I said at the beginning, there are various scenarios. For the moment, it’s highly uncertain. As I said earlier, it is notable that the dollar declined, but I would not jump to conclusions in terms of how permanent that move may be.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement. I think when exchange rates are very volatile, one of the key channels for financial stability could be pressures in various funding markets. And this includes in cross currency markets, as well as in repo markets and other secure financing markets. I think this is something that we will be watching very closely. So far, we have not seen any major disruptions in those markets, despite the very volatile exchange rates.

    Mr. ADRIAN: So as a comparison, you can think of last August when there was a risk‑off moment. That was very short, but that did lead to dislocations in those cross‑currency funding markets. And we haven’t really seen that in recent weeks.

    Ms. LOUIS: So just on that line, I think you may have captured it, but I just wanted to get in this question that came in online from Greg Robb from MarketWatch. And it’s, have treasuries and the dollar lost their safe haven status? If not, what accounts for their recent performance?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So, again, it is somewhat unusual to see the dollar decline in the recent two weeks, really, when equity prices traded down with a negative tone and when longer‑term yields increased. But how lasting that is, is really too early to tell.

    US capital markets remain the largest and most liquid capital markets in the world. When you look at US dollars as a reserve asset, that remains over 60 percent among reserve managers. Global stock market capitalizations increased to 55 percent most recently, up from 30 percent in 2010. So, we have seen price movements that are notable; but in the big picture, the depth and size of the markets remain where they have been.

    Ms. LOUIS: And just on the same line, of capital markets. We have another question that came in online, [Anthony Rowley] from the South China Morning Post. And he says, both the EU and ASEAN are seeking more actively to promote capital market integration. Do you see this as reducing global dependence on US capital markets to any significant extent in the short to the medium term?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are generally of the view that deep capital markets are beneficial everywhere. So, we are helping countries around the world to get to solid regulations and market mechanisms in sovereign bond markets but also, more broadly, in capital markets. And, for emerging markets and advanced economies, deepening capital markets has been a key priority.

    We have seen many firms from around the world come to US markets to issue stocks and bonds. And we think that’s related to the depth of the market and the sophistication of the financial sector in the US markets. So, it does provide a service to corporations and financial institutions around the world. But there are certainly many other markets that are deep, that are developing, and that are providing opportunities for both corporations and governments to issue. So, we have seen that trend continue.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Caio?

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe just more broadly on the development of capital markets, as Tobias was saying, I think that it’s an important goal. And this has come hand‑in‑hand with the growth of non‑banking financial institutions that we are seeing across the globe. We see this as a potential positive development. You diversify the sources of funding and the credit to the real economy, diversify the risks across a broader set of institutions, this is good for the economy and financial stability.

    There are risks that need to be mitigated. We discuss some of them in the GFSR—leverage, interconnectedness between different kinds of institutions. But overall, there are policies created by the standard setters that, if implemented, can mitigate these risks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Caio and Tobias. 

    Going back to the room. There’s a lady in the second row.

    QUESTION: Hi. Riley Callanan from GZERO Media.

    The IMF downgraded the US, the most of all advanced economies. And I was wondering, is this a short‑term hit that in a year could lead to greater growth and investment in the US? Or is this a long‑term downgrade? Or is it too soon to tell, as you said, with capital markets?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are really looking more at the financial stability aspects. And I would just note that there has been a readjustment in expectations. Where the US and other economies are going to end up remains to be seen. But I think what is notable is that with the sharp adjustment in asset prices, the increase in uncertainty has been absorbed well in capital markets. And as Caio alluded to, it is the policy framework around the banking system and the non‑banks that is so important to create resilient and deep financial markets that are then facilitating adjustments, relative to new policy developments. And from that vantage point, I think even though we have seen the level of uncertainty increase, markets have been very orderly. And we think that the regulatory and policy framework is key for that achievement.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And if you would like to flesh out any more details on the growth ramifications, we have a conference on Friday. And I can send you the details.

    Another question here, in the second row. I will come back to you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Gabriela Viana from Galapagos Capital in Brazil.

    So, in Brazil, commodities prices play an important role for currency [and] international capital inflows, especially in the stock market. Do you see commodities prices as a main important constraint for markets or the economic policy’s uncertainties or maybe the monetary tightening? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: All these factors are related to each other, obviously. So, I think the commodity prices, if the WEO forecast were to play out, the global economy is going to be slowing. It’s certainly an impact on the revenue side.

    I think for many emerging markets, the silver lining here is that they do have policy room. Many of them do have monetary policy room. Some of them have fiscal room, although only a few of them. So, it seems like this is going to be a challenging period, and uncertainty [and] commodity channels are both going to weigh on economies for emerging markets.

    We have seen broad‑based resilience among emerging markets over the last few years compared to, let’s say, five years before the pandemic. So, I think this speaks to the institutional quality having improved in emerging markets. And hopefully this would continue to buffer emerging markets from these external shocks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And the lady in the middle. And then I will come back to Agence France‑Presse.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thank you for taking my question. I am Stephanie Stacey from the Financial Times.

    I wanted to expand on the previous questions about the dollar and treasuries. And I know you mentioned it’s hard to assess at this point how lasting the impact will be. But I wanted to ask what risks and future factors you think could drive a real shift in their safe haven status.

    Ms. LOUIS: Before we continue, are there any other questions on the dollar and the safe haven status? Yes. There is a question here.

    QUESTION: Hi. Mehreen Khan from The Times. I’m sorry. I will stand up.

    You mentioned the importance of swap lines and central banks cooperating at times of market stress. I mean, how much are we taking this type of cooperation for granted? And how much is the idea of the Fed providing swap lines to other central banks now in question, given the nature of the scrutiny that the institution is under from the Trump administration?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me start with the swap lines.

    In previous episodes of distress, such as the COVID-19 shock in 2020 or the global financial crisis in 2008, we have seen that swap lines from the major central banks—including Bank of England, ECB, Bank of Japan, and the Federal Reserve—have played an important role in terms of stabilizing market liquidity. The way to think about that is that the central banks are providing funding to partner central banks in the currency of the foreign assets that those institutions own. So, it’s an important underpinning to provide market functioning and resilience to your own assets in the hands of foreign financial institutions.

    As we mentioned earlier central banks have not intervened for liquidity purposes in recent weeks. And, despite a heightened market volatility, the VIX, for example, went from below 20 to between 40 and 50, which is fairly elevated. We have seen a very, very smooth market functioning across the board.

    Concerning the role of treasuries we are looking at the pricing of longer duration treasuries very carefully. We particularly look at supply factors, demand factors, and technical factors. We have seen volatility in the price moves, but we think that those are within reasonable historical norms.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement, I think in the treasury market, we have seen market functioning held up—meaning that buyers can find sellers and transactions are going through. I think that’s a very important sign.

    One thing that I wanted to mention also is that a year ago in our report, we pointed out that there are leveraged trades in the treasury market. These are trades that have not very much to do with economic fundamentals in the US or elsewhere but, rather, are using leverage to capture arbitrage opportunities in markets. When these trades are unwound, there will be impact in the treasury market. And this is something that we have pointed out before. These include the so‑called treasury cash‑futures basis trade, as well as a swap spread trade, which we have documented before. And I think during this episode, given the very heightened volatility, we have seen evidence of some of these positions being unwound, potentially having an impact on treasury yields as well. So, I just wanted to put this into context. This is not about capital outflows, but it’s about unwinding these trades having amplified the recent price movements in treasury markets.

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are seeing some indication that there’s some lowering in terms of the leverage in these trades, but we haven’t heard of disorderly deleveraging at this point. So, of course, with market volatility increasing, financial institutions naturally reduce their leverage. But we haven’t seen the kind of adverse feedback loop that was common, say, in 2008 or even as recent as the COVID-19 shock initially.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And there’s a question from Agence France‑Presse, in the middle. And then I will come back to you, and you. We are running out of time. So, we will take very, very few questions left.

    QUESTION: Thanks for taking my question. Just a quick question. In your report, you talk about geopolitical risk, including the risk of military conflicts. I just wonder how seriously you think people should take that and where you rate that when it comes to the global financial stability risks you have discussed already.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And I have just been told we are running out of time. So, we will just clump those questions, if you could be very quick. The gentleman over there and the lady there. And then we will wrap it up. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. [Rafia] from Nigeria. I work on [Arise TV].

    The IMF keeps talking about building resilience to face the global challenge of the state of the economy of the world. How do you build resilience in a world economic climate when one man’s decision can tip the scale? Just one man. He could wake up tomorrow and all our projections falter. One man.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And then the last question.

    QUESTION: Laura Noonan, Bloomberg News. Thanks for taking the question. It’s actually a related question.

    You spoke in the report about the need for policymakers to try to do what they can to guard against these future financial shocks. Do you have any practical suggestions on what those measures could be? And also, are you expecting people to take measures to make the financial system safer when the overall political mood, as you have seen, has very much been about trying to liberalize things, trying to deregulate, and trying to simplify? Thank you.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me address the three sets of questions and then turn to my colleagues as well.

    On geopolitical risk, we do have a chapter that was released last week that is looking at capital market performance relative to geopolitical risks. And the good news is that, generally, when adverse risks realize, there is an asset price adjustment. But on average, relative to recent decades, those risks are absorbed well by the financial system in general. Now, of course, when conflicts directly impact countries, that can have a pronounced impact on their financial systems, and it’s something that we are discussing in more detail in the chapter.

    Secondly, in terms of the exposure of countries to physical risk, we have certainly seen in some countries around the world, a heightened incidence of drought and floods, even those can be macro‑critical. To the extent that these developments impact macro stability, we are certainly there to support countries and help them, either via programs or policy frameworks.

    Thirdly, in terms of the regulation of financial institutions and financial markets. You know, I think the last couple of weeks are very good illustrations for the importance of resilience of financial institutions. I mean, we have seen a tremendous increase in the level of volatility, which reflects the higher level of uncertainty. Last October, our overarching message in the GFSR was that there was this wedge between policy uncertainty and financial market volatility, which at the time was very low. And we have seen financial market volatility catch up with the high level of policy uncertainty. But that has been orderly, and financial institutions have been resilient. That is really the main objective of financial sector regulation—to get to a place where the financial system can do its job in terms of adjusting to unexpected developments. And when you have resilience in banks and in non‑banks, these adjustments are smooth. And that is the point of finance, right? It’s a kind of an insurance mechanism for the global economy and for individual country macro economies. Good regulation leads to good stability. And we have a lot of detail on that in the GFSR.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe I could add a little bit on this about how to build resilience.

    I think that as Tobias was saying, trying to anticipate shocks is very hard. And it is very hard to do it. So, I think the way to build the resilience is focusing on vulnerabilities. In the GFSR, we have mentioned some vulnerabilities that we feel are important at this time. So, the valuations issues that makes the risk of repricing more likely, leveraging in some segments of the financial sector and in the interconnectedness with the banks, and also, of course, rising and high debt in several countries.

    How do you build the resilience in the face of these vulnerabilities? We do feel that banks in most countries are actually the cornerstone of the financial sector and so ensuring that they have appropriate levels of capital and liquidity is key. And the international standards do provide the basis for doing that. To address some of the other vulnerabilities, like leveraging an interconnection between different types of institutions, excessive [transformations], maybe.

    Finally, I think that on the issue of rising debt, one common theme that we have been talking about is about the need to credibly rebuild fiscal buffers.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you very much. I know we have covered a lot of ground, and I apologize that we could not get to everybody. If you do have any follow‑ups or any questions, please feel free to reach out to me. You can find the report online, and we can also send it to you bilaterally.

    Again, thank you very much for coming and thank you for your time. Take care.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Meera Louis

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/04/22/tr-04222024-gfsr-press-briefing

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: HR Ratings Expands U.S. Operations with Strategic Growth Plan and Senior Leadership Appointment

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MIAMI, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — HR Ratings, leading credit rating agency with nearly two decades of experience and more than 14,000 ratings issued worldwide, announces the expansion of its U.S. operations, reinforcing its long-term commitment to the U.S. market. As part of this effort, HR Ratings welcomes Gregory Root as Business Development Executive Director, adding depth to its leadership team and accelerating its growth in key sectors.

    Gregory Root has nearly 40 years of experience in credit ratings, investment banking, and capital markets. He has held senior leadership roles at Kroll Bond Ratings, DBRS, and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. As President of Thomson BankWatch, he led the agency’s growth into the world’s largest bank rating firm at the time, overseeing teams across 60 countries.

    “Greg brings a deep understanding of the U.S. market and will play a critical role in supporting HR Ratings´ growth and establishment in this market.” said Veronica Cordero, Head of Business Development of HR Ratings.

    HR Ratings is registered as a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (NRSRO) by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for corporates, public finance, and financial institutions, certified by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), and the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). HR Ratings is also approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) as credit rating providers (CRP). In addition, the rating agency is certified by the Climate Bonds Initiative (CBI) as approved verifiers for green bonds.

    With a local team based in Coral Gables, Florida, HR Ratings offers a full range of credit evaluation services. The agency has already issued over 2,300 credit ratings historically in the U.S. and evaluated more than 300 U.S.-based entities, serving a market that increasingly seeks agile, transparent, and rigorous credit analysis.

    “This marks an important step forward as we scale our presence in the U.S.,” said Alberto Ramos, Chairman of the Board of HR Ratings. “Our model is built on transparency, accessibility, highest quality service, and analytical rigor—qualities that matter to U.S. issuers and investors looking for real alternatives in a concentrated ratings market.”

    About HR Ratings

    HR Ratings, LLC (HR Ratings), is a Credit Rating Agency registered by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (NRSRO) for the assets of public finance, corporates and financial institutions as described in section 3 (a) (62) (A) and (B) subsection (i), (iii) and (v) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

    The following information can be found on our website at www.hrratings.com: (i) The internal procedures for the monitoring and surveillance of our ratings and the periodicity with which they are formally updated, (ii) the criteria used by HR Ratings for the withdrawal or suspension of the maintenance of a rating, (iii) the procedure and process of voting on our Analysis Committee, and (iv) the rating scales and their definitions.

    The ratings and/or opinions of HR Ratings are opinions regarding the credit quality and/or the asset management capacity, or relative to the performance of the tasks aimed at the fulfillment of the corporate purpose, by issuing companies and other entities or sectors, and are based on exclusively in the characteristics of the entity, issue and/or operation, regardless of any business activity between HR Ratings and the entity or issuer. The ratings and/or opinions granted are issued on behalf of HR Ratings and not of its management or technical personnel and do not constitute recommendations to buy, sell or maintain any instrument, or to carry out any type of business, investment or operation, and may be subject to updates at any time, in accordance with the rating methodologies of HR Ratings.

    HR Ratings bases its ratings and/or opinions on information obtained from sources that are believed to be accurate and reliable. HR Ratings, however, does not validate, guarantee or certify the accuracy, correctness or completeness of any information and is not responsible for any errors or omissions or for results obtained from the use of such information. Most issuers of debt securities rated by HR Ratings have paid a fee for the credit rating based on the amount and type of debt issued. The degree of creditworthiness of an issue or issuer, opinions regarding asset manager quality or ratings related to an entity’s performance of its business purpose are subject to change, which can produce a rating upgrade or downgrade, without implying any responsibility for HR Ratings. The ratings issued by HR Ratings are assigned in an ethical manner, in accordance with healthy market practices and in compliance with applicable regulations found on the www.hrratings.com rating agency webpage. HR Ratings’ Code of Conduct, rating methodologies, rating criteria and current ratings can also be found on the website.

    Ratings and/or opinions assigned by HR Ratings are based on an analysis of the creditworthiness of an entity, issue or issuer, and do not necessarily imply a statistical likelihood of default, HR Ratings defines as the inability or unwillingness to satisfy the contractually stipulated payment terms of an obligation, such that creditors and/or bondholders are forced to take action in order to recover their investment or to restructure the debt due to a situation of stress faced by the debtor. Without disregard to the afore mentioned point, in order to validate our ratings, our methodologies consider stress scenarios as a complement to the analysis derived from a base case scenario. The fees HR Ratings receives from issuers generally range from US$1,000 to $1,000,000 (one million dollars, legal tender in the United States of America) (or the equivalent in another currency) per offering. In some cases, HR Ratings will rate all or some of a particular issuer’s offerings for an annual fee. Annual fees are estimated to vary between $5,000 and US$2,000,000 (five thousand to two million dollars, legal tender in the United States of America) (or the equivalent in another currency).

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-Evening Report: What would change your mind about climate change? We asked 5,000 Australians – here’s what they told us

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Kelly Kirkland, Research Fellow in Psychology, The University of Queensland

    LOOKSLIKEPHOTO/Shutterstock

    Australia just sweltered through one of its hottest summers on record, and heat has pushed well into autumn. Once-in-a-generation floods are now striking with alarming regularity. As disasters escalate, insurers are warning some properties may soon be uninsurable. Yet, despite these escalating disasters — and a federal election looming — conversation around climate change remains deeply polarising.

    But are people’s minds really made up? Or are they still open to change?

    In research out today, we asked more than 5,000 Australians a simple question: what would change your mind about climate change? Their answers reveal both a warning and an opportunity.

    On climate, Australians fall into six groups

    Almost two thirds (64%) of Australians are concerned about the impact of climate change, according to a recent survey.

    But drill deeper, and we quickly find Australians hold quite different views on climate. In fact, research in 2022 showed Australians can be sorted into six distinct groups based on how concerned and engaged they are with the issue.

    At one end was the Alarmed group – highly concerned people who are convinced of the science, and already taking action (25% of Australians). At the other end was the Dismissive group (7%) – strongly sceptical people who often view climate change as exaggerated or even a hoax. In between were the Concerned, Cautious, Disengaged and Doubtful – groups who varied in belief, awareness and willingness to engage.

    In our nationally representative survey, we asked every participant what might change their opinion about climate change? We then looked at how the answers differed between the six groups.

    For those already convinced climate change is real and human-caused, we wanted to know what might make them doubt it. For sceptical participants, we wanted to know what might persuade them otherwise. In short, we weren’t testing who was “right” or “wrong” – we were mapping how flexible their opinions were.

    Our views aren’t set in stone

    People at both extremes – Alarmed and Dismissive – were the most likely to say “nothing” would change their minds. Nearly half the Dismissive respondents flat-out rejected the premise. But these two groups together make up just one in three Australians.

    What about everyone in the middle ground? The rest – the Concerned (28%), Cautious (23%), Disengaged (3%) and Doubtful (14%) – showed much more openness. They matter most, because they’re the majority — and they’re still listening.

    People with dismissive views of climate science are a small minority.
    jon lyall/Shutterstock

    What information would change minds?

    What would it take for people to be convinced? We identified four major themes: evidence and information, trusted sources, action being undertaken, and nothing.

    The most common response was a desire for better evidence and information. But not just any facts would do. Participants said they wanted clear, plain-English explanations rather than jargon. They wanted statistics they could trust, and science that didn’t feel politicised or agenda-driven. Some said they’d be more convinced if they saw the impacts with their own eyes.

    Crucially, many in the Doubtful and Cautious groups didn’t outright reject climate change – they just didn’t feel confident enough to judge the evidence.

    The trust gap

    Many respondents didn’t know who to believe on climate change. Scientists and independent experts were the most commonly mentioned trusted sources – but trust in these sources wasn’t universal.

    Some Australians, especially in the more sceptical segments, expressed deep distrust toward the media, governments and the scientific community. Others said they’d be more receptive if information came from unbiased or apolitical sources. For some respondents, family, friends and everyday people were seen as more credible than institutions.

    In an age of widespread misinformation, this matters. If we want to build support for climate action, we need the right messengers as much as the right message.

    What about action?

    Many respondents said their views could shift if they saw real, meaningful action – especially from governments and big business. Some wanted proof that Australia is taking climate change seriously. Others said action would offer hope or reduce their anxiety.

    Even some sceptical respondents said coordinated, global action might persuade them – though they were often cynical about Australia’s impact compared to larger emitters. Others called for a more respectful, depoliticised conversation around climate.

    In other words, for many Australians, it’s not just what evidence and information is presented about climate change. It’s also how it’s said, who says it, and why it’s being said.

    Of course, the responses we gathered reflect what people say would change their minds. That’s not necessarily what would actually change their minds.

    What does concrete evidence of climate action look like?
    Piyaset/Shutterstock

    Why does this matter?

    As climate change intensifies, so does misinformation — especially online, where artificial intelligence and social media accelerate its spread.

    Misinformation has a corrosive effect. Spreading doubt, lies and uncertainty can erode public support for climate action.

    If we don’t understand what Australians actually need to hear about climate change – and who they need to hear it from – we risk losing ground to confusion and doubt.

    After years of growth from 2012 to 2019, Australian backing for climate action is fluctuating and even dropping, according to Lowy Institute polling.

    Climate change may not be the headline issue in this federal election campaign. But it’s on the ballot nonetheless, embedded in debates over how to power Australia, jobs and the cost of living. If we want public support for meaningful climate action, we can’t just shout louder. We have to speak smarter.

    Kelly Kirkland receives funding from the Australian Research Council (ARC).

    Samantha Stanley receives funding from the Australian Research Council (ARC).

    Abby Robinson, Amy S G Lee, and Zoe Leviston do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. What would change your mind about climate change? We asked 5,000 Australians – here’s what they told us – https://theconversation.com/what-would-change-your-mind-about-climate-change-we-asked-5-000-australians-heres-what-they-told-us-254329

    MIL OSI Analysis – EveningReport.nz –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Breakthrough in bowel cancer research will speed up diagnosis

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Press release

    Breakthrough in bowel cancer research will speed up diagnosis

    Government backs world-leading trial of cutting-edge technology to diagnose bowel cancer earlier, harnessing the power of technology to treat patients.

    Patients could soon benefit from world-leading technology to diagnose bowel cancer earlier, faster and cheaper, reducing the need for invasive colonoscopies and biopsies, and potentially saving valuable time and resource for the NHS, the government has announced today (Wednesday 23rd April).  

    The technology, made on British soil by Xgenera, in collaboration with the University of Southampton, has the potential to detect bowel cancer earlier, improving diagnosis rates, and offering patients valuable time back to treat the disease faster and more effectively.     

    Bowel cancer is the UK’s fourth most common cancer, with over 42,000 people diagnosed each year. Early diagnosis is crucial, with 9 in 10 people surviving bowel cancer when it’s detected at stage 1, compared to just 1 in 10 when diagnosed at stage 4.      

    This government is driving forward improvements to cancer care through the Plan for Change to fix our NHS – including by improving waiting times for lower gastrointestinal diagnosis. From July 2024 to February 2025, 76.6% of patients have received their cancer diagnosis or all clear within 28 days, an increase of 4ppt compared to the previous year. 

    Today’s announcement comes as the Health and Social Care Secretary is set to visit a research lab funded by Cancer Research UK, which has been renamed in memory of campaigner Dame Deborah James.       

    The BowelBabe Laboratory will bring together leading scientists to advance our understanding of bowel cancer. It will conduct cutting-edge research and will aid in the development of new treatments for bowel cancer.       

    Secretary of State for Health and Social Care, Wes Streeting, said:   

    From my own experience, I know the devastating toll cancer can take on patients and families, and how many of them have been faced with long waiting lists to get the diagnosis and treatment they deserve.  

    We know that the key to surviving cancer is catching it as early as possible, so this government is taking the urgent action needed to make sure that happens through our Plan for Change, from developing world leading technology to detect bowel cancer earlier, through to setting up hubs for the UK’s top scientists to research and treat the disease.   

    Dame Deborah James dedicated her life to raising awareness for cancer and finding ways that we can beat it, so it is only right that we honour her legacy by investing in research to help stop one of the country’s biggest killers.  

    And research is only one part of the work we’re doing. Our National Cancer Plan will transform cancer so patients can get the latest treatments and technology, ultimately bringing this country’s cancer survival rates back up to some of the best in the world. 

    Professor Lucy Chappell, Chief Scientific Adviser at the Department of Health and Social Care (DHSC) and Chief Executive Officer of the NIHR said:  

    Innovations such as the mIONCO-Dx blood test offer an exciting new era in cancer detection with the potential for quicker, easier and more effective ways to detect cancers before they become more difficult to treat.  

    The NIHR is supporting initiatives such as these, utilising the latest technologies such as AI, to provide patients and the public with timely, accurate and easily accessible options. Supporting the UK’s thriving life sciences sector is key to seeing these strides in diagnosis and early prevention.

    In collaboration with the National Institute for Health and Care Research (NIHR), the government has awarded £2.4m to progress the development of the AI-driven blood test, known as miONCO-Dx. The test was developed on data from over 20,000 patients and has since been translated into a cheaper, faster and more scalable solution, marking a significant step forward. This new solution will be assessed in a clinical trial of 8,000 patients, giving a formal and significant step towards bringing the test closer to patients by ensuring it is fit for purpose in the NHS.

    The test works by measuring the microRNA in a blood sample and using AI to identify if cancer is present and if so, where it is located in the body.  Initial tests have produced promising results, having shown that it is able to detect 12 of the most lethal and common cancers, including bowel cancer, at an early stage, with over 99% accuracy. With no other trial currently working in the same way, this a world-leader and will support in placing Britain at the forefront of revolutionising healthcare.    

    The simple blood test will be able to identify cancer earlier, where treatment is not only more effective, but also cheaper and easier, potentially freeing up valuable NHS resources and staffing time in the long run. 

    Bowel cancer can be difficult to detect in the early stages, and survivability drops significantly as the disease progresses, as treatment options become more limited. Investing in technologies that can support experts to detect cancer early, such as the miONCO-Dx, is an essential first step in reducing the lives lost by cancer.    

    Michelle Mitchell, chief executive of Cancer Research UK, said 

    Bowel cancer is the second biggest cause of cancer deaths in the UK. I’m delighted to welcome the Health Secretary, Wes Streeting, to the Bowelbabe Laboratory and show him the cutting-edge research being carried out in the name of the inspirational Dame Deborah James. She touched the lives of so many, and her legacy is supporting people affected by bowel cancer across the country. 

    This NIHR trial shows the importance of research and the impact new technology and developments could have. The upcoming National Cancer Plan for England is an opportunity for the UK Government to improve the lives of not just bowel cancer patients, but all cancer patients. We will continue to work with them on this. 

    Professor Sir Stephen Powis, NHS national medical director, said:  

    This blood test has the potential to help us detect bowel cancer earlier and reduce the need for invasive tests, and the next step in this trial will now be vital in gathering further evidence on its effectiveness and how it could work in practice. 

    Dame Deborah James was a tireless and inspirational campaigner who helped change the national conversation on bowel cancer – it’s fitting that this lab in her name will drive forward research that could help thousands more people survive the disease.

    Science and Technology Secretary Peter Kyle said:

    Bowel cancer has brought heartbreak to too many families across the country. But working in partnership with the NHS, researchers, and business, we can harness AI to overhaul how we detect and treat this horrendous disease. This new method is less invasive and will help with earlier detection which means keeping more families together for longer.

    Our support for cancer research will unlock more innovation and make vital work like that of the BowelBabe Research Lab possible. All of this will help us build a better NHS as part of our Plan for Change.

    Fighting cancer on all fronts, from diagnosis, research, prevention and treatment, is a key commitment made by the government. Earlier this year, the government launched a call for evidence for the National Cancer Plan, designed to improve patient experience to fight cancer.    

    This forms part of the wider strategy to reduce lives lost to the biggest killers across the UK, with investment in AI and innovative technologies helping to speed up diagnosis and improve treatment.      

    As part of its Plan for Change, the government will transform the NHS and is already seeing results – with waiting lists falling by over 200,000 since July last year.    

    Share this page

    The following links open in a new tab

    • Share on Facebook (opens in new tab)
    • Share on Twitter (opens in new tab)

    Updates to this page

    Published 23 April 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Durbin Statement On Secretary of State Rubio Announcing “Sweeping Reorganization” At The State Department

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Illinois Dick Durbin

    April 22, 2025

    CHICAGO – U.S. Senate Democratic Whip Dick Durbin (D-IL) released the following statement after Secretary of State Marco Rubio unveiled a plan to significantly reorganize the State Department, including targeting human rights programs and others focused on war crimes and democracy:

    “The chaos and cruelty of this Administration knows no bounds. After dismantling USAID, the Trump Administration is now going after the State Department—a critical department that executes our foreign policy goals, maintains our alliances around the world, and promotes the long-term security of the United States.

    “As more information becomes available, I will be monitoring these ‘reforms’ closely. I am particularly concerned over reports that the Trump Administration plans to target human rights programs and the monitoring of war crimes and democracy abroad. Secretary Rubio and I worked closely on many of these priorities during his time in the Senate and I know he understand the importance of American leadership on these issues. 

    “With instability continuing in challenging corners of the globe, now, more than ever, we need America’s top diplomats engaged—not ceding our leadership to China and Russia.”   

    In Congress and as Co-Chair of the Senate Ukraine Caucus, Durbin has continuously called out Russia for committing war crimes in Ukraine. Durbin and Senator Chuck Grassley’s (R-IA) bipartisan Justice for Victims of War Crimes Act – which updates the current war crimes statute to enable prosecution of war criminals in the United States regardless of the nationality of the perpetrator or victim – was signed into law by President Biden. 

    -30-

    MIL OSI USA News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Employment – New Zealand workers embrace Gen AI and see AI skills as imperative to career success

    Source: Robert Half

    • 91% of Kiwi workers are using generative AI to assist them in their day-to-day tasks
    • 93% of workers are transparent with their manager/employer about using generative AI in their day-to-day work
    • 87% of workers believe developing generative AI skills is necessary for career success.
    Auckland, 23 April 2025 – Workers are openly using generative AI to complete day-to-day tasks and recognise that learning and enhancing AI skills related to their role is necessary for future career success. New independent research by specialised recruiter Robert Half finds artificial intelligence tools such as ChatGPT and Gemini are now a workplace staple, used (almost) every day by half (56%) of Kiwi workers.

    Workers embrace the benefits of using AI

    Most (91%) workers are using generative AI tools to some degree in their role, including almost half (56%) who do so regularly:

    • 26% of workers use it every day  
    • 30% of workers often, or almost every day, use it  
    • 22% of workers sometimes use it  
    • 13% of workers don’t often use it but do access them on occasion  
    • 9% of workers never use it to do their jobs.

    “Within a remarkably short timeframe, generative AI has become a daily tool for workers, moving from relative unknown to widespread adoption,” says Ronil Singh, Director at Robert Half. “Even with ongoing questions about AI’s future, a growing understanding of the benefits offered by Gen AI tools, such as ChatGPT and Gemini, is driving their adoption in daily work routines.

    “Progressive employers are championing Gen AI adoption, understanding its power to streamline operations and foster innovation. They see the value Gen AI can bring to everyday tasks, enabling workers to dedicate more time on more complicated, strategic or creative initiatives.”

    Most workers do not feel the need to hide their use of generative AI tools, as 93% of workers are transparent about their usage with their manager. The remaining 7% of employees are more covert about its use and are not transparent with their employer.

    “Widespread transparency in Gen AI usage reflects a rising confidence in this technology. While some are still defining optimal applications, most employers see Gen AI as a benefit, not a detriment,” says Singh.  

    Learning to use AI is essential to get ahead

    Going beyond generative AI and into broader AI applications in the workplace, employees agree that learning how to use AI tools is necessary for future success.

    When workers were asked how necessary they feel it is to learn and enhance AI skills related to their role, 87% of them agree. At 94%, tech/IT workers were the most likely to agree, followed by 80% of finance and accounting staff.

    “With workers across generations acknowledging the critical role of AI skills in career advancement, continuous learning and development becomes a necessity. Companies that prioritise AI adoption and invest in comprehensive training will gain a significant competitive edge in talent acquisition and retention, solidifying their future success,” concluded Singh.

    About the research

    The study is developed by Robert Half and was conducted online in November 2024 by an independent research company among 500 full-time office workers in finance, accounting, and IT and technology. Respondents are drawn from a sample of SMEs as well as large private, publicly-listed and public sector organisations across New Zealand. This survey is part of the international workplace survey, a questionnaire about job trends, talent management and trends in the workplace.    

    About Robert Half

    Robert Half is the global, specialised talent solutions provider that helps employers find their next great hire and jobseekers uncover their next opportunity. Robert Half offers both contract and permanent placement services, and is the parent company of Protiviti, a global consulting firm.  Robert Half New Zealand has an office in Auckland. More information on roberthalf.com/nz.

    MIL OSI New Zealand News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Global Financial Stability Report Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    April 22, 2025

    GFSR PRESS BRIEFING

    Speakers:

    Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor and Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Jason Wu, Assistant Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

    Moderator: Meera Louis, Communications Officer, IMF

    Ms. LOUIS: Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the GFSR press conference. And thank you for joining us today. I am Meera Louis with the Communications Department at the IMF.

    Joining us here today is Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department. Also with us is Jason Wu, Assistant Director, and Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department.

    So, Tobias, before we turn the floor over for questions, I wanted to start by asking you, what were some of the challenges you and your team faced in preparing for this report? We are in uncharted territory now. So how did you come up with a strategy to shape this report?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thank you so much, Meera. And welcome, everybody, to the International Monetary Fund.

    We are launching the Global Financial Stability Report, and let me give you a couple of headline messages from the report.

    Our baseline assessment for global financial stability is that risks have been increasing, and there are really two main factors here: One is that the overall level of policy uncertainty has increased; and the second factor is that the forecast of economic activity going forward is slightly lower, as Pierre‑Olivier presented at the World Economic Outlook press conference just now. So, it’s a combination of a lower baseline and larger downside risks. Having said that, we do see both downside and upside risks, and we will certainly explain more about the two sides of uncertainty throughout the press conference.

    So let me highlight three vulnerabilities that are driving our assessment.

    The first one is the level of risky asset values. We have certainly seen some adjustment in risky asset values. It’s important to see that in the broader context of where we are coming from. And, in recent years, we saw quite a bit of appreciation—particularly in equity markets and in some sectors, such as technology. So valuations were quite stretched and credit spreads were very tight by historical standards. And we have certainly seen some decline in valuations; but by historical standards, price-earnings ratios in equity markets, for example, continue to be fairly elevated and credit spreads and sovereign spreads have widened to some degree, but they are still fairly contained by historical standards. The stretching of asset valuations continues to be a vulnerability we are watching closely.

    The second vulnerability is about leverage and maturity transformation in the financial system, particularly in the nonbank sector, where we are looking closely at how leverage is evolving. As market volatility has increased, we have seen some degree of deleveraging, but market functioning has been sound so far. With higher volatility, we would expect asset prices to come down, but the functioning of how those asset prices adjusted has been very orderly to date.

    The third vulnerability that we are watching is the overall level of debt globally. In the past decade, and particularly since the pandemic in 2020, sovereign debt levels have been increasing around the world. It’s the backdrop of higher debt that can interact with financial stability and that’s particularly true for emerging markets and frontier economies, where we have certainly seen some widening of sovereign spreads. Issuance year to date has been strong, but, of course, the tightening of financial conditions that we observed in the past three weeks has an outsized impact on those more vulnerable countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And now I will open up the floor to questions. If you could please identify yourself and your outlet. You also have the report online, if need be. And you can also join us online via the Webex link. Thank you.

    So, the lady here in the front.

    QUESTION: Hi. My name is Ray. I am with 21st Century Business Herald, Guangdong, China.

    So, my question is that, you’ve highlighted a series of vulnerabilities and risks. So how does the IMF assess the risk of these tensions triggering broader macro‑financial instability, especially in emerging markets with weaker buffers?

    My second question is that during times of global uncertainty, safe haven assets, such as gold and US treasuries, have been very volatile recently. So how does the IMF assess the volatility affecting currency stability? Thank you so much.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, starting with the second part of your question. We have seen a strong rally in gold prices, which is the sort of usual relationship we see in safe haven flows. When there is a high level of uncertainty, risky assets are selling off, oftentimes gold is viewed as a hedge asset and it has been appreciating.

    Of course, US treasuries remain the baseline reserve asset globally. It’s the largest and most liquid sovereign market. And  we have seen yields move. They have been increasing in the past two weeks, which is somewhat similar to the episode in 2020, when longer‑duration assets had yields increasing, as well. What is somewhat unusual is that the dollar has been falling, to some degree, but it’s important to keep that in the context of the strong dollar rally previously.

    Concerning the emerging markets and frontier economies, yes, the tightening of global financial conditions has an outsized the impact on weaker economies. We have seen a number of weaker emerging markets and frontier economies with high levels of debt. We have seen issuance throughout last year and earlier this year, but tighter financial conditions certainly adversely impact the financing conditions for those countries.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just to quickly add on emerging markets.

    I think it’s important to distinguish the major larger emerging markets versus the frontiers, as Tobias has mentioned. I think so far, we have seen currencies and capital flows being relatively muted in this episode. And I think this speaks to the ongoing theme that we have mentioned for several rounds now, that there’s resilienc among the emerging market economies for a whole host of reasons.

    However, as Tobias has pointed out, the external environment is not favorable and financial conditions are tightening globally. At this time, we need to worry about, countries where they are seeing sovereign spreads increasing, with large debt maturities forthcoming. Policy can be proactive to head off these risks by, for example, making sure that fiscal sustainability is being sent the right message.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Jason. The gentleman in the first row, at that end.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Rotus Oddiri with Arise News.

    So theoretically, if the dollar is weakening, isn’t that, to some degree, relatively good for countries with dollar debts?

    And secondly, how are you seeing fund flows to cash? If there’s a lot of volatility, are you seeing more movements to cash? And are there implications there in terms of [M&A] activity and so on and so forth?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So let me take this in three parts.

    The first question is about sort of like the strength of the dollar and the impact for emerging markets. When we look at exchange rates relative to emerging markets, there’s some heterogeneity. The dollar has appreciated against some emerging markets and depreciated against others. But it’s not the only impact on those financing conditions. We certainly have seen a notable widening of financing spreads. And that is probably the more important determinant for external financing conditions in emerging markets.

    Now, having said that, in some of the larger emerging markets with developed local government bond markets, we have seen some inflows into those local markets, but it’s very country‑specific.

    Turning to the question of investment decisions. We think that the first‑order impact here is the overall level of uncertainty. So, generally, investment decisions are easier in an environment with certainty. Given that some uncertainty remains about how policies are going to play out going forward, that can be a temporary headwind to investments or merger activity.

    Mr. WU: Just to quickly respond to your question about cash. I think during periods where markets are volatile, it’s reasonable that market participants and investors demand more liquidity, thereby moving in cash. We have not seen this happening en masse so far during this episode. So, we have seen bank deposits increase a little bit in the United States, but I think the magnitude is significantly smaller compared to previous episodes of stress.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason. So, the lady here in the second row, with the glasses.

    QUESTION: Hi. Szu Chan from the Telegraph.

    Do you see any parallels between recent moves in the bond market, particularly in US treasuries, with what happened in the wake of the Liz Truss mini budget? And do you think any lasting damage has been done?

    Mr. ADRIAN:

    Just for everybody’s recollection, in October 2022, there was some turbulence in UK gilt markets when the budget announcements were larger than expected and the Bank of England intervened to stabilize markets at that time. Clearly, we haven’t seen interventions by central banks, and the market conditions have been very orderly in recent weeks. There’s a repricing relative to the higher level of uncertainty but as I said at the beginning, there is both upside and downside risk. And we could certainly see upside risk if uncertainty is reduced going forward.

    And market conditions have been quite orderly. The moves are notable in treasuries, in equities, in exchange rates, but they are within movements we have seen in recent years and really reflect the higher level of volatility.

    Mr. Ferreira: I don’t think I have much to add to this, Tobias.

    I think that what we are seeing is some moves that have not been historically deserved in this kind of situation. But these mostly respond to these higher uncertainties and a repricing to the new macro scenario.

    Ms. LOUIS: So, before I go back to the floor, we do have a question on Webex, Pedro da Costa from Market News International. Pedro?

    QUESTION: Thank you so much, Meera. Thank you, guys, for doing this.

    My question is, given the market concerns about the threat to central bank independence, if the threat were exercised in a greater way, what would be the financial stability implications of a potential firing of either the Fed Chair or Fed Governors?

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Pedro. Are there any other questions on central bank independence? I don’t see any in the room. So over to you, Tobias 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, the International Monetary Fund has been advising central banks for many decades. Helping central banks in terms of governance and monetary policy frameworks is really one of the core missions of the IMF. And we have seen time and time again that central bank independence is an important foundation for central banks to achieve their goals, which are primarily price stability and financial stability. We do advise our membership to, have a degree of independence that is aimed at achieving those overarching goals for monetary policy and financial stability policies.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. The gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you so much. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa in Washington, DC.

    I want to ask you about AI. It seems that is the big thing now. First, are you worried about AI? And what type of safeguards is the IMF putting in place to make sure that advanced countries—that AI doesn’t increase risk?

    And maybe, finally, on tariffs. We know that President Trump is imposing tariffs today, removing them tomorrow. China is retaliating. How much will that affect the financial stability of the world? Thank you. 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much. Let me start with the question on artificial intelligence, and Jason can complement me.

    We have done quite a bit of work on that. In October, we actually had a chapter specifically focused on the impact of artificial intelligence on capital market activity, but, of course, the impact of AI is broader. And in our view, there are both risks and opportunities. I think the main opportunity is that it’s actually potentially quite inclusive, right?

    Everybody that has access to the internet via a smartphone or a computer or a tablet, in principle, can use those very powerful artificial intelligence tools. And we have seen examples in emerging markets and lower‑income economies where entrepreneurs are actually using these new tools to innovate. That can boost productivity around the world.

    In financial markets, we do quite a bit of outreach to market participants. And financial institutions—including banks and capital market institutions—are very actively exploring avenues to use artificial intelligence productively. There’s a lot of innovation going on. At the moment, we see a lot of that concentrated in back‑office kind of applications, so keeping your house in order in terms of getting processes done. But in trading and in credit decisions, these are also quite promising.

    In terms of risks, our primary concerns are cybersecurity risks. Many financial institutions are already under cyber attack., AI can be used to make defenses more efficient, but it can also be used for malicious purposes and making attacks more powerful. So, there’s really a bit of a power game on both sides. And we certainly advise many of our members to help them get to a more resilient financial system, relative to those cyber threats.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just quickly, to complement.

    I would encourage everybody to read Chapter 3 of the October 2024 GFSR, which addresses the issue of artificial intelligence in financial markets. Tobias is right, that there are benefits and risks on both sides.

    In addition to cybersecurity, I just wanted to highlight a couple more things, which is that, many of the financial institutions that we spoke to are still at their infancy in terms of deploying AI to make decisions—meaning, for trading or for investment allocation, they are at very early stages. But suppose that this trend rapidly gains? What would happen to risks?

    I think I will highlight two. One is concentration. Will it be a situation where the largest firms with the best models tend to win out and, therefore, dominate the marketplace? And then what are the implications for this? The second is that the speed of adjustment in financial markets might be much quicker if everything is based on high‑powered, artificial intelligence-type algorithms.

    With regard to these two risks, I think there’s great scope for supervisors to gather more information and understand who the key players are and what they are doing. International collaboration obviously is a crucial aspect of this. Market conduct needs to be taken into account, the future possibility that markets will be very much faster and more volatile, perhaps.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. The gentleman in the second row, please, in the middle here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Good morning. I am [Fabrice Nodé‑Langlois] from the French newspaper Le Figaro.

    I have a question on the US public debt. There is a widespread opinion that whatever the level of the public debt—because of the significant role of the dollar, because of the might of the American military and economic power—it’s not a big concern. But under what circumstances, under what financial conditions would the US public debt become a concern for you?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for the question. We are certainly watching sovereign debt around the world, including in the US. I do want to point out that there will be a briefing for the Western Hemisphere region that will specifically focus on the Americas, including the United States.

    When you look at our last Article IV for the United States, we certainly find that the debt situation is sustainable. You know, The U.S. has many ways to adjust its expenditures and revenues. And we think that this makes the debt levels manageable.

    Having said that, as I explained at the beginning, we have seen broadly around the world an increase in debt‑to‑GDP levels, particularly since the start of the pandemic in 2020. And it is an important backdrop in terms of pricing and financial stability. So, we are watching the nexus between sovereign debt and financial intermediaries very carefully.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe one issue related with that— I think that we flagged it in the GFSR—is that I think there is an anticipation that—not only in the US but in several countries—there will be a lot of issuance of new debt going forward. Particularly in a moment where several central banks are doing some quantitative tightening, this might bring some challenges in terms of the function of the financial sector.

    Everything that we are seeing now seems to be working very well, even when we have this kind of shock. This is not a major concern. But going forward, we feel that it’s important to continue monitoring market liquidity. There are some flags that have been raised, particularly in terms of broker‑dealers’ capacity to continue intermediating and providing liquidity to public debt. It’s important to keep monitoring this, as central banks keep going in the direction of quantitative tightening.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Caio.

    And just to add to Tobias’s point, we will have a lot of regional pressers this week. And the Western Hemisphere presser will be on Friday if you have any US‑specific questions. Thank you.

    The lady here in the front row.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Thank you for taking my question. My name is Nume Ekeghe from This Day newspaper, Nigeria.

    The report mentions Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets. And we know it was received positively by investors. So how does Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets signal renewed investor confidence? And what specific macroeconomic reforms or improvements contributed to the shift in sentiments? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: Thank you for that question. Let me make some remarks about Nigeria and then sub‑Saharan Africa, in general.

    In the case of Nigeria, macroeconomic performance has held up,  GDP growth has been fairly consistent, and inflation has been coming down. Earlier this year, we have seen Nigeria’s sovereign credit spreads lowering. I think the reforms that the authorities have done, including the liberalization of exchange rates, has helped in that regard.

    That said, I think I want to go back to the theme that Tobias has mentioned, which is that during a time where global financial markets are volatile and risk appetite, in particular, is wavering, this is when we might see increases in sovereign spreads that will challenge the external picture for Nigeria, as well as other frontier economies. So, for example, Nigeria’s sovereign spread has increased in recent weeks, as stock markets globally have declined.

    The other challenge, of course, is for large commodity exporters, like Nigeria. If trade tensions are going to lead to lower global demand for commodities, this will obviously weigh on the revenue that they will receive. So, I think both of those developments would counsel that authorities remain quite vigilant to these developments and take appropriate policies to counter them.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And just before I come back to the floor, we have another question online, from Lu Kang, Sina Finance. The question is, in light of the IMF’s recent GFSR warning about rising debt, volatile capital flows, and diverging monetary policy paths, how should countries, especially emerging markets, balance financial stability with the imperative to finance climate transitions and digital infrastructure?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    We do a lot of work on debt management with countries. We are providing technical assistance and we are doing a lot of policy work on debt market developments. I think the two main takeaways are, No. 1, the plumbing matters. Putting into place mechanisms such as primary dealers and clearing systems, and pricing mechanisms in government bond markets. It is important all over the world. That includes the most advanced economies, as well as emerging markets. And we have seen tremendous progress in many countries, particularly the major emerging markets in terms of developing those bond markets.

    The second key aspect, of course, is fiscal sustainability. Here again, we engage very actively with our membership to make sure that fiscal frameworks are in place that keep debt trajectories on a path that is commensurate with the economic prospects of the countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. A question here in the front row, please.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Kemi Osukoya with The Africa Bazaar magazine.

    I wanted to follow up on the question that my colleague from Nigeria mentioned, regarding sovereign debts. As you know, African nations, after a period of pause, are just right now returning back to the Eurobond. But at the same time, there is unsustainable high borrowing costs that many of these countries face. So, in your recommendation, what can governments do regarding their bond to use it strategically, as well as to make it sustainable?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for this question. And you know, we are working very closely with many sub‑Saharan African countries to support the countries either via programs or via policy advice and technical assistance to have a macro environment that is conducive for growth. So let me mention three things.

    I think the first one is to recognize that we have been through a period of extraordinarily adverse shocks. Particularly in sub‑Saharan Africa, the pandemic had an outsized impact on many countries. The inflation that ensued was very costly for many countries, particularly for those that are importing commodities. So, the adverse economic shocks have been extraordinary. And I would just note that we have engaged more actively in programs with sub‑Saharan Africa in the past five years than we ever did previously.

    The second point is about the financing costs. And, of course, there are two main components. One is the overall level of financial conditions globally. All countries in the world are part of the global capital markets. And that really depends on overall financing conditions. But more specifically, of course, there are country‑specific conditions—the macroeconomic performance of each country, the buffers in the countries—and the mandate of the Fund is very much focused on macro‑financial stability. So, getting back to a place with buffers, which then can lead to lower financing costs is the main goal. Our work with those countries is very much focused on the kind of catalytic role of the Fund, where we are trying to get growth back and stability back. Let me stop here.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. And a question here in the front row, please. And then I will come back to the middle.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is [Shuichiro Takaoka]. I am working for Jiji Press.

    Just I would like to make clear the risk of a depreciation of the US dollar. And what are the implications of the recent depreciation of US dollar, especially regarding the global financial stability viewpoint?

    Mr. ADRIAN: As I mentioned earlier, we had seen quite a bit of an appreciation of the dollar earlier in the year and late [next] year. And now we have seen a depreciation that is roughly of commensurate magnitude. The volatility in the exchange rates is reflecting the broader volatility. There are some indications that the exchange rate movements are related to flows to investor reallocations, but the magnitudes of those flows are relatively small, relative to the run‑up of inflows into US assets in recent years. The cumulative inflows into bonds and stocks from around the world have been quite pronounced. So, to what extent these movements in the exchange rate and the associated flows are just a temporary or a more permanent impact remains to be seen. It really depends on how the current uncertainty is going to be resolved. As I said at the beginning, there are various scenarios. For the moment, it’s highly uncertain. As I said earlier, it is notable that the dollar declined, but I would not jump to conclusions in terms of how permanent that move may be.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement. I think when exchange rates are very volatile, one of the key channels for financial stability could be pressures in various funding markets. And this includes in cross currency markets, as well as in repo markets and other secure financing markets. I think this is something that we will be watching very closely. So far, we have not seen any major disruptions in those markets, despite the very volatile exchange rates.

    Mr. ADRIAN: So as a comparison, you can think of last August when there was a risk‑off moment. That was very short, but that did lead to dislocations in those cross‑currency funding markets. And we haven’t really seen that in recent weeks.

    Ms. LOUIS: So just on that line, I think you may have captured it, but I just wanted to get in this question that came in online from Greg Robb from MarketWatch. And it’s, have treasuries and the dollar lost their safe haven status? If not, what accounts for their recent performance?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So, again, it is somewhat unusual to see the dollar decline in the recent two weeks, really, when equity prices traded down with a negative tone and when longer‑term yields increased. But how lasting that is, is really too early to tell.

    US capital markets remain the largest and most liquid capital markets in the world. When you look at US dollars as a reserve asset, that remains over 60 percent among reserve managers. Global stock market capitalizations increased to 55 percent most recently, up from 30 percent in 2010. So, we have seen price movements that are notable; but in the big picture, the depth and size of the markets remain where they have been.

    Ms. LOUIS: And just on the same line, of capital markets. We have another question that came in online, [Anthony Rowley] from the South China Morning Post. And he says, both the EU and ASEAN are seeking more actively to promote capital market integration. Do you see this as reducing global dependence on US capital markets to any significant extent in the short to the medium term?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are generally of the view that deep capital markets are beneficial everywhere. So, we are helping countries around the world to get to solid regulations and market mechanisms in sovereign bond markets but also, more broadly, in capital markets. And, for emerging markets and advanced economies, deepening capital markets has been a key priority.

    We have seen many firms from around the world come to US markets to issue stocks and bonds. And we think that’s related to the depth of the market and the sophistication of the financial sector in the US markets. So, it does provide a service to corporations and financial institutions around the world. But there are certainly many other markets that are deep, that are developing, and that are providing opportunities for both corporations and governments to issue. So, we have seen that trend continue.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Caio?

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe just more broadly on the development of capital markets, as Tobias was saying, I think that it’s an important goal. And this has come hand‑in‑hand with the growth of non‑banking financial institutions that we are seeing across the globe. We see this as a potential positive development. You diversify the sources of funding and the credit to the real economy, diversify the risks across a broader set of institutions, this is good for the economy and financial stability.

    There are risks that need to be mitigated. We discuss some of them in the GFSR—leverage, interconnectedness between different kinds of institutions. But overall, there are policies created by the standard setters that, if implemented, can mitigate these risks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Caio and Tobias. 

    Going back to the room. There’s a lady in the second row.

    QUESTION: Hi. Riley Callanan from GZERO Media.

    The IMF downgraded the US, the most of all advanced economies. And I was wondering, is this a short‑term hit that in a year could lead to greater growth and investment in the US? Or is this a long‑term downgrade? Or is it too soon to tell, as you said, with capital markets?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are really looking more at the financial stability aspects. And I would just note that there has been a readjustment in expectations. Where the US and other economies are going to end up remains to be seen. But I think what is notable is that with the sharp adjustment in asset prices, the increase in uncertainty has been absorbed well in capital markets. And as Caio alluded to, it is the policy framework around the banking system and the non‑banks that is so important to create resilient and deep financial markets that are then facilitating adjustments, relative to new policy developments. And from that vantage point, I think even though we have seen the level of uncertainty increase, markets have been very orderly. And we think that the regulatory and policy framework is key for that achievement.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And if you would like to flesh out any more details on the growth ramifications, we have a conference on Friday. And I can send you the details.

    Another question here, in the second row. I will come back to you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Gabriela Viana from Galapagos Capital in Brazil.

    So, in Brazil, commodities prices play an important role for currency [and] international capital inflows, especially in the stock market. Do you see commodities prices as a main important constraint for markets or the economic policy’s uncertainties or maybe the monetary tightening? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: All these factors are related to each other, obviously. So, I think the commodity prices, if the WEO forecast were to play out, the global economy is going to be slowing. It’s certainly an impact on the revenue side.

    I think for many emerging markets, the silver lining here is that they do have policy room. Many of them do have monetary policy room. Some of them have fiscal room, although only a few of them. So, it seems like this is going to be a challenging period, and uncertainty [and] commodity channels are both going to weigh on economies for emerging markets.

    We have seen broad‑based resilience among emerging markets over the last few years compared to, let’s say, five years before the pandemic. So, I think this speaks to the institutional quality having improved in emerging markets. And hopefully this would continue to buffer emerging markets from these external shocks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And the lady in the middle. And then I will come back to Agence France‑Presse.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thank you for taking my question. I am Stephanie Stacey from the Financial Times.

    I wanted to expand on the previous questions about the dollar and treasuries. And I know you mentioned it’s hard to assess at this point how lasting the impact will be. But I wanted to ask what risks and future factors you think could drive a real shift in their safe haven status.

    Ms. LOUIS: Before we continue, are there any other questions on the dollar and the safe haven status? Yes. There is a question here.

    QUESTION: Hi. Mehreen Khan from The Times. I’m sorry. I will stand up.

    You mentioned the importance of swap lines and central banks cooperating at times of market stress. I mean, how much are we taking this type of cooperation for granted? And how much is the idea of the Fed providing swap lines to other central banks now in question, given the nature of the scrutiny that the institution is under from the Trump administration?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me start with the swap lines.

    In previous episodes of distress, such as the COVID-19 shock in 2020 or the global financial crisis in 2008, we have seen that swap lines from the major central banks—including Bank of England, ECB, Bank of Japan, and the Federal Reserve—have played an important role in terms of stabilizing market liquidity. The way to think about that is that the central banks are providing funding to partner central banks in the currency of the foreign assets that those institutions own. So, it’s an important underpinning to provide market functioning and resilience to your own assets in the hands of foreign financial institutions.

    As we mentioned earlier central banks have not intervened for liquidity purposes in recent weeks. And, despite a heightened market volatility, the VIX, for example, went from below 20 to between 40 and 50, which is fairly elevated. We have seen a very, very smooth market functioning across the board.

    Concerning the role of treasuries we are looking at the pricing of longer duration treasuries very carefully. We particularly look at supply factors, demand factors, and technical factors. We have seen volatility in the price moves, but we think that those are within reasonable historical norms.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement, I think in the treasury market, we have seen market functioning held up—meaning that buyers can find sellers and transactions are going through. I think that’s a very important sign.

    One thing that I wanted to mention also is that a year ago in our report, we pointed out that there are leveraged trades in the treasury market. These are trades that have not very much to do with economic fundamentals in the US or elsewhere but, rather, are using leverage to capture arbitrage opportunities in markets. When these trades are unwound, there will be impact in the treasury market. And this is something that we have pointed out before. These include the so‑called treasury cash‑futures basis trade, as well as a swap spread trade, which we have documented before. And I think during this episode, given the very heightened volatility, we have seen evidence of some of these positions being unwound, potentially having an impact on treasury yields as well. So, I just wanted to put this into context. This is not about capital outflows, but it’s about unwinding these trades having amplified the recent price movements in treasury markets.

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are seeing some indication that there’s some lowering in terms of the leverage in these trades, but we haven’t heard of disorderly deleveraging at this point. So, of course, with market volatility increasing, financial institutions naturally reduce their leverage. But we haven’t seen the kind of adverse feedback loop that was common, say, in 2008 or even as recent as the COVID-19 shock initially.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And there’s a question from Agence France‑Presse, in the middle. And then I will come back to you, and you. We are running out of time. So, we will take very, very few questions left.

    QUESTION: Thanks for taking my question. Just a quick question. In your report, you talk about geopolitical risk, including the risk of military conflicts. I just wonder how seriously you think people should take that and where you rate that when it comes to the global financial stability risks you have discussed already.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And I have just been told we are running out of time. So, we will just clump those questions, if you could be very quick. The gentleman over there and the lady there. And then we will wrap it up. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. [Rafia] from Nigeria. I work on [Arise TV].

    The IMF keeps talking about building resilience to face the global challenge of the state of the economy of the world. How do you build resilience in a world economic climate when one man’s decision can tip the scale? Just one man. He could wake up tomorrow and all our projections falter. One man.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And then the last question.

    QUESTION: Laura Noonan, Bloomberg News. Thanks for taking the question. It’s actually a related question.

    You spoke in the report about the need for policymakers to try to do what they can to guard against these future financial shocks. Do you have any practical suggestions on what those measures could be? And also, are you expecting people to take measures to make the financial system safer when the overall political mood, as you have seen, has very much been about trying to liberalize things, trying to deregulate, and trying to simplify? Thank you.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me address the three sets of questions and then turn to my colleagues as well.

    On geopolitical risk, we do have a chapter that was released last week that is looking at capital market performance relative to geopolitical risks. And the good news is that, generally, when adverse risks realize, there is an asset price adjustment. But on average, relative to recent decades, those risks are absorbed well by the financial system in general. Now, of course, when conflicts directly impact countries, that can have a pronounced impact on their financial systems, and it’s something that we are discussing in more detail in the chapter.

    Secondly, in terms of the exposure of countries to physical risk, we have certainly seen in some countries around the world, a heightened incidence of drought and floods, even those can be macro‑critical. To the extent that these developments impact macro stability, we are certainly there to support countries and help them, either via programs or policy frameworks.

    Thirdly, in terms of the regulation of financial institutions and financial markets. You know, I think the last couple of weeks are very good illustrations for the importance of resilience of financial institutions. I mean, we have seen a tremendous increase in the level of volatility, which reflects the higher level of uncertainty. Last October, our overarching message in the GFSR was that there was this wedge between policy uncertainty and financial market volatility, which at the time was very low. And we have seen financial market volatility catch up with the high level of policy uncertainty. But that has been orderly, and financial institutions have been resilient. That is really the main objective of financial sector regulation—to get to a place where the financial system can do its job in terms of adjusting to unexpected developments. And when you have resilience in banks and in non‑banks, these adjustments are smooth. And that is the point of finance, right? It’s a kind of an insurance mechanism for the global economy and for individual country macro economies. Good regulation leads to good stability. And we have a lot of detail on that in the GFSR.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe I could add a little bit on this about how to build resilience.

    I think that as Tobias was saying, trying to anticipate shocks is very hard. And it is very hard to do it. So, I think the way to build the resilience is focusing on vulnerabilities. In the GFSR, we have mentioned some vulnerabilities that we feel are important at this time. So, the valuations issues that makes the risk of repricing more likely, leveraging in some segments of the financial sector and in the interconnectedness with the banks, and also, of course, rising and high debt in several countries.

    How do you build the resilience in the face of these vulnerabilities? We do feel that banks in most countries are actually the cornerstone of the financial sector and so ensuring that they have appropriate levels of capital and liquidity is key. And the international standards do provide the basis for doing that. To address some of the other vulnerabilities, like leveraging an interconnection between different types of institutions, excessive [transformations], maybe.

    Finally, I think that on the issue of rising debt, one common theme that we have been talking about is about the need to credibly rebuild fiscal buffers.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you very much. I know we have covered a lot of ground, and I apologize that we could not get to everybody. If you do have any follow‑ups or any questions, please feel free to reach out to me. You can find the report online, and we can also send it to you bilaterally.

    Again, thank you very much for coming and thank you for your time. Take care.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Meera Louis

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: SPC Severe Thunderstorm Watch 160

    Source: US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

    Note:  The expiration time in the watch graphic is amended if the watch is replaced, cancelled or extended.Note: Click for Watch Status Reports.
    SEL0

    URGENT – IMMEDIATE BROADCAST REQUESTED
    Severe Thunderstorm Watch Number 160
    NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman OK
    530 PM CDT Tue Apr 22 2025

    The NWS Storm Prediction Center has issued a

    * Severe Thunderstorm Watch for portions of
    South-Central Kansas
    Western Oklahoma
    Northwest Texas

    * Effective this Tuesday afternoon and Wednesday morning from 530
    PM until 100 AM CDT.

    * Primary threats include…
    Scattered large hail and isolated very large hail events to 2.5
    inches in diameter possible
    Scattered damaging wind gusts to 70 mph possible
    A tornado or two possible

    SUMMARY…Thunderstorm development is anticipated this evening from
    south-central KS southward through western OK into northwest TX. The
    environment across the region supports the potential for supercells,
    with large to very large hail as the primary risk. A tornado or two
    is also possible, along with some strong gusts as well.

    The severe thunderstorm watch area is approximately along and 50
    statute miles east and west of a line from 45 miles northwest of
    Hutchinson KS to 60 miles southwest of Wichita Falls TX. For a
    complete depiction of the watch see the associated watch outline
    update (WOUS64 KWNS WOU0).

    PRECAUTIONARY/PREPAREDNESS ACTIONS…

    REMEMBER…A Severe Thunderstorm Watch means conditions are
    favorable for severe thunderstorms in and close to the watch area.
    Persons in these areas should be on the lookout for threatening
    weather conditions and listen for later statements and possible
    warnings. Severe thunderstorms can and occasionally do produce
    tornadoes.

    &&

    OTHER WATCH INFORMATION…CONTINUE…WW 159…

    AVIATION…A few severe thunderstorms with hail surface and aloft to
    2.5 inches. Extreme turbulence and surface wind gusts to 60 knots. A
    few cumulonimbi with maximum tops to 500. Mean storm motion vector
    24035.

    …Mosier

    SEL0

    URGENT – IMMEDIATE BROADCAST REQUESTED
    Severe Thunderstorm Watch Number 160
    NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman OK
    530 PM CDT Tue Apr 22 2025

    The NWS Storm Prediction Center has issued a

    * Severe Thunderstorm Watch for portions of
    South-Central Kansas
    Western Oklahoma
    Northwest Texas

    * Effective this Tuesday afternoon and Wednesday morning from 530
    PM until 100 AM CDT.

    * Primary threats include…
    Scattered large hail and isolated very large hail events to 2.5
    inches in diameter possible
    Scattered damaging wind gusts to 70 mph possible
    A tornado or two possible

    SUMMARY…Thunderstorm development is anticipated this evening from
    south-central KS southward through western OK into northwest TX. The
    environment across the region supports the potential for supercells,
    with large to very large hail as the primary risk. A tornado or two
    is also possible, along with some strong gusts as well.

    The severe thunderstorm watch area is approximately along and 50
    statute miles east and west of a line from 45 miles northwest of
    Hutchinson KS to 60 miles southwest of Wichita Falls TX. For a
    complete depiction of the watch see the associated watch outline
    update (WOUS64 KWNS WOU0).

    PRECAUTIONARY/PREPAREDNESS ACTIONS…

    REMEMBER…A Severe Thunderstorm Watch means conditions are
    favorable for severe thunderstorms in and close to the watch area.
    Persons in these areas should be on the lookout for threatening
    weather conditions and listen for later statements and possible
    warnings. Severe thunderstorms can and occasionally do produce
    tornadoes.

    &&

    OTHER WATCH INFORMATION…CONTINUE…WW 159…

    AVIATION…A few severe thunderstorms with hail surface and aloft to
    2.5 inches. Extreme turbulence and surface wind gusts to 60 knots. A
    few cumulonimbi with maximum tops to 500. Mean storm motion vector
    24035.

    …Mosier

    Note: The Aviation Watch (SAW) product is an approximation to the watch area. The actual watch is depicted by the shaded areas.
    SAW0
    WW 160 SEVERE TSTM KS OK TX 222230Z – 230600Z
    AXIS..50 STATUTE MILES EAST AND WEST OF LINE..
    45NW HUT/HUTCHINSON KS/ – 60SW SPS/WICHITA FALLS TX/
    ..AVIATION COORDS.. 45NM E/W /46WSW SLN – 50SW SPS/
    HAIL SURFACE AND ALOFT..2.5 INCHES. WIND GUSTS..60 KNOTS.
    MAX TOPS TO 500. MEAN STORM MOTION VECTOR 24035.

    LAT…LON 38539753 33349837 33340010 38539938

    THIS IS AN APPROXIMATION TO THE WATCH AREA. FOR A
    COMPLETE DEPICTION OF THE WATCH SEE WOUS64 KWNS
    FOR WOU0.

    Watch 160 Status Report Message has not been issued yet.

    Note:  Click for Complete Product Text.Tornadoes

    Probability of 2 or more tornadoes

    Low (20%)

    Probability of 1 or more strong (EF2-EF5) tornadoes

    Low (5%)

    Wind

    Probability of 10 or more severe wind events

    Mod (40%)

    Probability of 1 or more wind events > 65 knots

    Low (10%)

    Hail

    Probability of 10 or more severe hail events

    Mod (40%)

    Probability of 1 or more hailstones > 2 inches

    Mod (30%)

    Combined Severe Hail/Wind

    Probability of 6 or more combined severe hail/wind events

    High (70%)

    For each watch, probabilities for particular events inside the watch (listed above in each table) are determined by the issuing forecaster. The “Low” category contains probability values ranging from less than 2% to 20% (EF2-EF5 tornadoes), less than 5% to 20% (all other probabilities), “Moderate” from 30% to 60%, and “High” from 70% to greater than 95%. High values are bolded and lighter in color to provide awareness of an increased threat for a particular event.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Klobuchar, Coons, Blackburn and Colleagues Reintroduce Bipartisan NO FAKES Act

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator Amy Klobuchar (D-Minn)

    WASHINGTON – U.S. Senators Amy Klobuchar (D-MN), Chris Coons (D-DE), Marsha Blackburn (R-TN), and Thom Tillis (R-NC), joined by U.S. Representatives Maria Salazar (R-FL) and Madeline Dean (D-PA), reintroduced the bipartisan Nurture Originals, Foster Art, and Keep Entertainment Safe (NO FAKES) Act. This legislation aims to protect Americans’ voice and likeness and combat the proliferation of AI deepfakes.

    “Americans from all walks of life are increasingly seeing AI being used to create deepfakes in ads, images, music, and videos without their consent,” said Senator Klobuchar. “We need our laws to be as sophisticated as this quickly advancing technology. Our bipartisan NO FAKES Act will establish rules of the road to protect people from having their voice and likeness replicated through AI without their permission.”

    “Nobody—whether they’re Tom Hanks or an 8th grader just trying to be a kid—should worry about someone stealing their voice and likeness,” said Senator Coons. “Incredible technology like AI can help us push the limits of human creativity, but only if we protect Americans from those who would use it to harm our communities.”

    “Tennessee is known around the world for its rich music history and is home to an incredibly talented creative community,” said Senator Blackburn. “Artists’ rights to their voice, image, and likeness must be protected under the law, and the NO FAKES Act is an important first step in protecting our creative community against the misuse of generative AI.”

    The NO FAKES Act would:

    • Create a property right in a person’s AI-generated digital replica;
    • Hold individuals or companies liable if they produce an unauthorized digital replica of an individual;
    • Establish a notice-and-takedown process so victims of unauthorized deepfakes have an avenue to get online platforms to take down the deepfake;  
    • Exclude certain digital replicas from coverage based on recognized First Amendment protections; 
    • Largely preempt State laws addressing digital replicas to create a workable national standard.

    This legislation is endorsed by the Recording Industry Association of America; Motion Picture Association; SAG-AFTRA; YouTube; Recording Academy; OpenAI; Warner Music Group; Universal Music Group; Sony Music; The Walt Disney Company; IBM; Vermillio; Hive; Independent Film & Television Alliance; American Bar Association; WME; Creative Artists Agency; Human Artistry Campaign; National Association of Broadcasters; Department for Professional Employees, AFL-CIO (DPE); the Model Alliance; ASCAP; Nashville Songwriters Association International; the Authors Guild; the National Center on Sexual Exploitation; Television Academy; Enough is Enough; American Association of Independent Music; and more.

    Klobuchar and Senator Ted Cruz’s (R-TX) bipartisan TAKE IT DOWN Act, which would criminalize the publication of non-consensual intimate imagery and establish a notice-and-takedown regime to require online platforms to remove these images, unanimously passed the Senate in February 2025 and passed the House Energy and Commerce Committee earlier this week.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: First Busey Corporation Announces 2025 First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LEAWOOD, Kan., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) reports first quarter results.

    Busey completed the transformative acquisition of CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. on March 1, 2025, significantly impacting first quarter results and resetting the baseline for financial performance for future quarters in a multitude of positive ways.

    Net Income (Loss) Diluted EPS Net Interest Margin1 ROAA1 ROATCE1
    $(30.0) million $(0.44) 3.16% (0.82)% (7.99)%
    $39.9 million (adj)2 $0.57 (adj)2 3.08% (adj)2 1.09% (adj)2 10.64% (adj)2
    MESSAGE FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO

    The transformative partnership between Busey and CrossFirst takes our organization to new heights, combining our growing commercial bank with the power of Busey’s core deposit franchise, wealth management platform, and payment technology solutions at FirsTech, Inc. As we build upon Busey’s forward momentum, we are grateful for the opportunities to consistently earn the business of our customers, based on the contributions of our talented associates and the continued support of our loyal shareholders.

    Van A. Dukeman 
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 


    PARTNERSHIP WITH CROSSFIRST

    Effective March 1, 2025, First Busey Corporation (“Busey,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”), the holding company for Busey Bank, completed its previously announced acquisition (the “Merger”) of CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“CrossFirst”) (NASDAQ: CFB), the holding company for CrossFirst Bank, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 26, 2024, by and between Busey and CrossFirst (the “Merger Agreement”). This partnership creates a premier commercial bank in the Midwest, Southwest, and Florida, with 78 full-service locations across 10 states—Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. The combined holding company will continue to operate under the First Busey Corporation name. Busey common stock will continue to trade on the Nasdaq under the “BUSE” stock ticker symbol.

    Upon completion of the acquisition, each share of CrossFirst common stock converted to the right to receive 0.6675 of a share of Busey’s common stock, with the result that holders of Busey’s common stock owned approximately 63.5% of the combined company and holders of CrossFirst’s common stock owned approximately 36.5% of the combined company, on a fully-diluted basis. Further, upon completion of the acquisition, each share of CrossFirst preferred stock converted to the right to receive one share of Busey preferred stock.

    CrossFirst Bank’s results of operations were included in Busey’s consolidated results of operations beginning March 1, 2025. Busey will operate CrossFirst Bank as a separate banking subsidiary until it is merged with and into Busey Bank, which is expected to occur on June 20, 2025. At the time of the bank merger, CrossFirst Bank locations will become banking centers of Busey Bank.

    The acquisition was accretive to tangible book value, exceeding initial projections of a six-month earn back period.

    Further details are included with Busey’s Current Report on Form 8‑K announcing completion of the acquisition, which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 3, 2025.

    FINANCIAL RESULTS

    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income   $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Provision for credit losses     42,452       1,273       5,038  
    Total noninterest income     21,223       35,221       34,913  
    Total noninterest expense     115,171       78,167       70,769  
    Income (loss) before income taxes     (32,669 )     37,359       34,960  
    Income taxes     (2,679 )     9,254       8,735  
    Net income (loss)   $ (29,990 )   $ 28,105     $ 26,225  
                 
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share   $ (0.44 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.47  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   $ (0.44 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.46  
    Effective income tax rate     8.20 %     24.77 %     24.99 %
     

    Busey’s results of operations for the first quarter of 2025 was a net loss of $(30.0) million, or $(0.44) per diluted common share, compared to net income of $28.1 million, or $0.49 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $26.2 million, or $0.46 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2024. Annualized return on average assets and annualized return on average tangible common equity2 were (0.82)% and (7.99)%, respectively, for the first quarter of 2025.

    Busey views certain non-operating items, including acquisition-related expenses, restructuring charges, and one-time strategic events, as adjustments to net income reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We also adjust for net securities gains and losses to align with industry and research analyst reporting. The objective of our presentation of adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings metrics is to allow investors and analysts to more clearly identify quarterly trends in core earnings performance. Non-operating pre-tax adjustments for acquisition and restructuring expenses2 in the first quarter of 2025 were $26.0 million. Further, $3.1 million other noninterest expense was recorded to establish an initial allowance for Unfunded Commitments2 and $42.4 million provision expense was recorded to establish an initial Allowance for Credit Losses for loans purchased without credit deterioration (“non-PCD” loans) immediately following the close of the acquisition in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 326-20-30-15. Additionally, net securities losses were $15.8 million, primarily related to the execution of a strategic balance sheet repositioning. Lastly, $4.6 million in one-time deferred tax valuation expense2 was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition, which is expected to lower our effective blended state tax rate in future periods but created a negative adjustment to the carrying value of our deferred tax asset in the current period. For more information and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures (which are identified with the endnote labeled as 2) in tabular form, see “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”

    Adjusted net income2, which excludes the impact of non-GAAP adjustments, was $39.9 million, or $0.57 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $30.9 million, or $0.53 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $25.7 million or $0.46 per diluted common share for the first quarter of 2024. Annualized adjusted return on average assets2 and annualized adjusted return on average tangible common equity2 were 1.09% and 10.64%, respectively, for the first quarter of 2025.

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue2

    Pre-provision net revenue2 was $25.6 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $38.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $46.4 million for the first quarter of 2024. Pre-provision net revenue to average assets2 was 0.70% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 1.28% for the fourth quarter of 2024, and 1.55% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue2 was $54.7 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $42.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $38.6 million for the first quarter of 2024. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets2 was 1.50% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 1.38% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 1.29% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin2

    Net interest income was $103.7 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $81.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $75.9 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    Net interest margin2 was 3.16% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.95% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.79% for the first quarter of 2024. Excluding purchase accounting accretion, adjusted net interest margin2 was 3.08% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.92% in the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.78% in the first quarter of 2024.

    Components of the 21 basis point increase in net interest margin2 during the first quarter of 2025, which includes approximately +12 basis points contributed by CrossFirst Bank, are as follows:

    • Increased loan portfolio and held for sale loan yields contributed +36 basis points
    • Increased purchase accounting accretion contributed +5 basis points
    • Decreased borrowing expense contributed +3 basis points
    • Decreased expense on rate swaps contributed +2 basis points
    • Increased non-maturity deposit funding costs contributed -17 basis points
    • Decreased cash and securities portfolio yield contributed -8 basis points

    Based on our most recent Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model, a +100 basis point parallel rate shock is expected to increase net interest income by 1.8% over the subsequent twelve-month period. Busey continues to evaluate and execute off-balance sheet hedging and balance sheet repositioning strategies as well as embedding rate protection in our asset originations to provide stabilization to net interest income in lower rate environments. Time deposit and savings specials have provided funding flows, and we had excess earning cash during the first quarter of 2025. A portion of the acquired CrossFirst Bank securities portfolio was liquidated when the acquisition was finalized, providing additional excess cash that will allow us to unwind non-core funding. As brokered CDs mature, Busey will continue to deploy excess cash to reduce wholesale funding levels during subsequent quarters. Total deposit cost of funds increased from 1.75% during the fourth quarter of 2024 to 1.91% during the first quarter of 2025. Deposit betas increased with the higher mix of acquired indexed and wholesale deposits and a full quarter of the consolidated Company’s funding base is projected to increase total deposit cost of funds during the second quarter of 2025. With the expectation of Busey paying down non-core funding, the deposit beta will lessen during the year and is expected to normalize in the 45% to 50% beta range. Growth in higher yielding earning assets is expected to offset the increased cost of funds pressure and we project further net interest margin expansion during the second quarter of 2025.

    Noninterest Income

      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    NONINTEREST INCOME          
    Wealth management fees $ 17,364     $ 16,786     $ 15,549  
    Fees for customer services   8,128       7,911       7,056  
    Payment technology solutions   5,073       5,094       5,709  
    Mortgage revenue   329       496       746  
    Income on bank owned life insurance   1,446       1,080       1,419  
    Realized net gains (losses) on the sale of mortgage servicing rights   —       —       7,465  
    Net securities gains (losses)   (15,768 )     (196 )     (6,375 )
    Other noninterest income   4,651       4,050       3,344  
    Total noninterest income $ 21,223     $ 35,221     $ 34,913  
       

    Total noninterest income decreased by 39.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and decreased by 39.2% compared to the first quarter of 2024, primarily due to net securities losses that were recorded in connection with a strategic balance sheet repositioning.

    Excluding the impact of net securities gains and losses and the gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, adjusted noninterest income2 increased by 4.4% to $37.0 million, or 26.3% of operating revenue2, during the first quarter of 2025, compared to $35.4 million, or 30.3% of operating revenue2, for the fourth quarter of 2024. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, adjusted noninterest income2 increased by 9.4% from $33.8 million, or 30.8% of operating revenue2.

    Our fee-based businesses continue to add revenue diversification. Wealth management fees, wealth management referral fees included in other noninterest income, and payment technology solutions contributed 61.1% of adjusted noninterest income2 for the first quarter of 2025.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest income are as follows:

    • Wealth management fees increased by 3.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. Compared to the first quarter of 2024 wealth management fees increased by 11.7%. Busey’s Wealth Management division ended the first quarter of 2025 with $13.68 billion in assets under care, compared to $13.83 billion at the end of the fourth quarter of 2024 and $12.76 billion at the end of the first quarter of 2024. Our portfolio management team continues to focus on long-term returns and managing risk in the face of volatile markets and has outperformed its blended benchmark3 over the last three and five years. The Wealth Management segment reported another quarter of record high revenue for the first quarter of 2025.
    • Payment technology solutions revenue decreased slightly compared the fourth quarter of 2024. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, payment technology solutions revenue decreased by 11.1% primarily due to decreases in income from electronic, online, and interactive voice response payments, partially offset by increases in lockbox and merchant services income.
    • Fees for customer services increased by 2.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 primarily due to increases in income from analysis charges and interchange fees, offset by lower non-sufficient funds charges. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, fees for customer services increased by 15.2% primarily due to increases in analysis charges, automated teller machine fees, and interchange fees, offset by lower non-sufficient funds charges. Increases in fees for customer services are primarily attributable to the inclusion of one month of CrossFirst’s income in our first quarter results.
    • Other noninterest income increased by 14.8% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and by 39.1% compared to the first quarter of 2024. The increase for both periods was driven by increases in swap origination fee income, commercial loan sales gains, letter of credit fee income, and other real estate owned income, offset by decreases in venture capital income.

    Operating Efficiency

      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE          
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits $ 67,563   $ 45,458   $ 42,090
    Data processing expense   9,575     6,564     6,550
    Net occupancy expense of premises   5,799     4,794     4,720
    Furniture and equipment expense   1,744     1,650     1,813
    Professional fees   9,511     4,938     2,253
    Amortization of intangible assets   3,083     2,471     2,409
    Interchange expense   1,343     1,305     1,611
    FDIC insurance   2,167     1,330     1,400
    Other noninterest expense   14,386     9,657     7,923
    Total noninterest expense $ 115,171   $ 78,167   $ 70,769
     

    Total noninterest expense increased by 47.3% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and increased by 62.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Growth in noninterest expense was primarily attributable to one-time acquisition expenses related to the CrossFirst acquisition as well as added costs for operating expenses for two banks during one month of the quarter. Annual pre-tax expense synergy estimates resulting from the CrossFirst acquisition remain on track at $25.0 million. Busey anticipates a 50% rate of synergy realization in 2025 and 100% in 2026.

    Adjusted noninterest expense2, which excludes acquisition and restructuring expenses, amortization of intangible assets, and the provision for unfunded commitments, was $82.9 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $72.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $68.6 million in the first quarter of 2024. As our business grows, Busey remains focused on prudently managing our expense base and operating efficiency.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest expense are as follows:

    • Salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses increased by $22.1 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and by $25.5 million compared to the first quarter of 2024, of which $15.6 million and $15.8 million, respectively, was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses, with additional severance, retention, and stock-based compensation. Busey has added 501 full time equivalent associates (“FTEs”) over the past year, mostly as a result of acquisitions, including 437 CrossFirst Bank FTEs added in March 2025 and 46 Merchants & Manufacturers Bank FTEs added in April 2024.
    • Data processing expense increased by $3.0 million compared to both the fourth quarter of 2024 and the first quarter of 2024, of which $2.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively, was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses. Busey has continued to make investments in technology enhancements and has also experienced inflation-driven price increases.
    • Professional fees increased by $4.6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, of which $4.3 million was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, professional fees increased by $7.3 million, of which $7.2 million was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses.
    • Amortization of intangible assets increased by $0.6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and by $0.7 million compared to the first quarter of 2024. The CrossFirst acquisition added an estimated $81.8 million of finite-lived intangible assets, which will be amortized using an accelerated amortization methodology.
    • Other noninterest expense increased by $4.7 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and increased by $6.5 million compared to the first quarter of 2024, of which $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, resulted from increases in non-operating expenses related to acquisition and restructuring expenses. Further, $3.1 million of non-operating expenses was recorded for the Day 2 provision for unfunded commitments. Multiple expense items contributed to the remaining fluctuations in this expense category, including marketing, business development, regulatory expenses, mortgage servicing rights valuation expenses, and other real estate owned.

    Busey’s efficiency ratio2 was 79.3% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 64.5% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 58.1% for the first quarter of 2024. Our adjusted efficiency2 ratio was 58.7% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 61.8% for the fourth quarter of 2024, and 62.3% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Busey’s annualized ratio of adjusted noninterest expense to average assets was 2.27% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.39% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.30% for the first quarter of 2024.

    BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH

    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
               
      As of
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,200,292     $ 697,659     $ 591,071  
    Debt securities available for sale   2,273,874       1,810,221       1,898,072  
    Debt securities held to maturity   815,402       826,630       862,218  
    Equity securities   10,828       15,862       9,790  
    Loans held for sale   7,270       3,657       6,827  
    Portfolio loans   13,868,357       7,697,087       7,588,077  
    Allowance for credit losses   (195,210 )     (83,404 )     (91,562 )
    Restricted bank stock   53,518       49,930       6,000  
    Premises and equipment, net   182,003       118,820       121,506  
    Right of use assets   40,594       10,608       10,590  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   496,118       365,975       351,455  
    Other assets   711,206       533,677       533,414  
    Total assets $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Liabilities          
    Total deposits $ 16,459,470     $ 9,982,490     $ 9,960,191  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   137,340       155,610       147,175  
    Short-term borrowings   11,209       —       —  
    Long-term debt   306,509       227,723       223,100  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   77,117       74,815       72,040  
    Lease liabilities   41,111       11,040       10,896  
    Other liabilities   251,890       211,775       191,405  
    Total liabilities   17,284,646       10,663,453       10,604,807  
               
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Retained earnings   249,484       294,054       248,412  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (172,810 )     (207,039 )     (222,190 )
    Other stockholders’ equity1   2,102,932       1,296,254       1,256,429  
    Total stockholders’ equity   2,179,606       1,383,269       1,282,651  
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
               
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS          
    Book value per common share2 $ 24.13     $ 24.31     $ 23.19  
    Tangible book value per common share2 $ 18.62     $ 17.88     $ 16.84  
    Ending number of common shares outstanding   90,008,178       56,895,981       55,300,008  

    ___________________________________________
    1. Net balance of preferred stock ($0.001 par value), common stock ($0.001 par value), additional paid-in capital, and treasury stock.
    2. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.

    AVERAGE BALANCES (unaudited)
               
      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 861,021   $ 776,572   $ 594,193
    Investment securities   2,782,435     2,597,309     2,907,144
    Loans held for sale   3,443     6,306     4,833
    Portfolio loans   9,838,337     7,738,772     7,599,316
    Interest-earning assets   13,363,594     11,048,350     11,005,903
    Total assets   14,831,298     12,085,993     12,024,208
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   3,036,127     2,724,344     2,708,586
    Interest-bearing deposits   9,142,781     7,325,662     7,330,105
    Total deposits   12,178,908     10,050,006     10,038,691
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   144,838     135,728     178,659
    Interest-bearing liabilities   9,627,841     7,763,729     7,831,655
    Total liabilities   12,896,222     10,689,054     10,748,484
    Stockholders’ equity – preferred   2,669     —     —
    Stockholders’ equity – common   1,932,407     1,396,939     1,275,724
    Tangible common equity1   1,521,387     1,029,539     922,710

    ___________________________________________
    1. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.

    Busey’s financial strength is built on a long-term conservative operating approach. That focus will not change now or in the future.

    Total assets were $19.46 billion as of March 31, 2025, compared to $12.05 billion as of December 31, 2024, and $11.89 billion as of March 31, 2024. Average interest-earning assets were $13.36 billion for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $11.05 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $11.01 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Portfolio Loans

    We remain steadfast in our conservative approach to underwriting and our disciplined approach to pricing, particularly given our outlook for the economy in the coming quarters. Portfolio loans totaled $13.87 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $7.70 billion at December 31, 2024, and $7.59 billion at March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s portfolio loans grew by $133.6 million during the first quarter of 2025, with growth centered in the commercial category. In addition, as of March 31, 2024, CrossFirst Bank added $6.04 billion in loans to Busey’s loan portfolio.

    Average portfolio loans were $9.84 billion for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $7.74 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $7.60 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Asset quality continues to be strong. Busey Bank maintains a well-diversified loan portfolio and, as a matter of policy and practice, limits concentration exposure in any particular loan segment. CrossFirst Bank’s policies are similar in nature to Busey Bank’s policies and Busey is in the process of migrating the legacy CrossFirst portfolio toward Busey Bank’s policies.

    ASSET QUALITY (unaudited)
               
      As of
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Total assets $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
    Portfolio loans   13,868,357       7,697,087       7,588,077  
    Loans 30 – 89 days past due   18,554       8,124       7,441  
    Non-performing loans:          
    Non-accrual loans   48,647       22,088       17,465  
    Loans 90+ days past due and still accruing   6,077       1,149       88  
    Non-performing loans   54,724       23,237       17,553  
    Other non-performing assets   4,757       63       65  
    Non-performing assets   59,481       23,300       17,618  
    Substandard (excludes 90+ days past due)   131,078       62,023       87,830  
    Classified assets $ 190,559     $ 85,323     $ 105,448  
               
    Allowance for credit losses $ 195,210     $ 83,404     $ 91,562  
               
    RATIOS          
    Non-performing loans to portfolio loans   0.39 %     0.30 %     0.23 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.31 %     0.19 %     0.15 %
    Non-performing assets to portfolio loans and other non-performing assets   0.43 %     0.30 %     0.23 %
    Allowance for credit losses to portfolio loans   1.41 %     1.08 %     1.21 %
    Coverage ratio of the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 3.57 x   3.59 x   5.22 x
    Classified assets to Bank Tier 1 capital1and reserves   8.40 %     5.61 %     7.24 %

    ___________________________________________
    1. Capital amounts for the first quarter of 2025 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.

    Loans 30-89 days past due increased by $10.4 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $11.1 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s loans 30-89 days past due were $6.1 million, a decrease of $2.0 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s loans 30-89 days past due were $12.5 million as of March 31, 2025.

    Non-performing loans increased by $31.5 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $37.2 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s non-performing loans were $6.8 million, a decrease of $16.4 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s non-performing loans were $47.9 million as of March 31, 2025. Continued disciplined credit management resulted in non-performing loans as a percentage of portfolio loans of 0.39% as of March 31, 2025, a 9 basis point increase from December 31, 2024, and a 16 basis point increase from March 31, 2024.

    Non-performing assets increased by $36.2 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $41.9 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s non-performing assets were $7.1 million, a decrease of $16.2 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s non-performing assets were $52.4 million as of March 31, 2025. Non-performing assets represented 0.31% of total assets as of March 31, 2025, a 12 basis point increase from December 31, 2024, and a 16 basis point increase from March 31, 2024.

    Classified assets increased by $105.2 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $85.1 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s classified assets were $81.3 million, a decrease of $4.0 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s classified assets were $109.3 million as of March 31, 2025.

    The allowance for credit losses was $195.2 million as of March 31, 2025, representing 1.41% of total portfolio loans outstanding, and providing coverage of 3.57 times our non-performing loans balance. In connection with the CrossFirst acquisition, the Day 1 allowance recorded for loans that were purchased with credit deterioration (“PCD” loans) was $100.8 million. The Day 1 PCD allowance was recorded as an adjustment to the fair value of the PCD loans.

    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) AND PROVISION EXPENSE (RELEASE) (unaudited)
               
      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 31,429   $ 2,850   $ 5,216
    Provision expense (release)   42,452     1,273     5,038
                     

    Net charge-offs increased by $28.6 million when compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and by $26.2 million when compared with the first quarter of 2024. Net charge-offs include $29.6 million related to PCD loans acquired from CrossFirst Bank, which were fully reserved at acquisition and did not require recording additional provision expense.

    Busey’s results for the first quarter of 2025 include $42.5 million provision expense for credit losses, which includes $42.4 million that was recorded to establish an initial allowance for credit losses on non-PCD acquired loans.

    Deposits

    Total deposits were $16.46 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $9.98 billion at December 31, 2024, and $9.96 billion at March 31, 2024. Average deposits were $12.18 billion for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $10.05 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $10.04 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Core deposits2 accounted for 89.7% of total deposits as of March 31, 2025. The quality of our core deposit franchise is a critical value driver of our institution. We estimated that 32% of our deposits were uninsured and uncollateralized4 as of March 31, 2025, and we have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers.

    We have executed various deposit campaigns to attract term funding and savings accounts at a lower rate than our marginal cost of funds. New certificate of deposit production in the first quarter of 2025 had a weighted average term of 7.8 months at a rate of 3.58%, which was 96 basis points below our average marginal wholesale equivalent-term funding cost during the quarter.

    Borrowings

    As of March 31, 2025, Busey Bank held $16.7 million of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings. In comparison, Busey Bank had no short-term or long-term FHLB borrowings as of December 31, 2024, or March 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, CrossFirst Bank held $11.2 million of short-term FHLB borrowings and $61.9 million of long-term FHLB borrowings.

    In addition, associated with the CrossFirst acquisition, Busey assumed trust preferred securities with a recorded balance of $2.2 million as of March 31, 2025.

    Liquidity

    As of March 31, 2025, our available sources of on- and off-balance sheet liquidity5 totaled $8.55 billion. Furthermore, our balance sheet liquidity profile continues to be aided by the cash flows we expect from our relatively short-duration securities portfolio. Those cash flows were approximately $119.7 million in the first quarter of 2025. Cash flows from maturing securities within our portfolio are expected to be approximately $302.3 million for the remainder of 2025, with a current book yield of 2.55%, and approximately $308.1 million for 2026, with a current book yield of 2.59%.

    Capital Strength

    The strength of our balance sheet is also reflected in our capital foundation. Although impacted by the strategic deployment of capital for the CrossFirst acquisition, our capital ratios remain strong, and as of March 31, 2025, our regulatory capital ratios continued to provide a buffer of more than $630 million above levels required to be designated well-capitalized. Busey’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is estimated6 to be 11.99% at March 31, 2025, compared to 14.10% at December 31, 2024, and 13.45% at March 31, 2024. Our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is estimated6 to be 14.87% at March 31, 2025, compared to 18.53% at December 31, 2024, and 17.95% at March 31, 2024.

    Busey’s tangible common equity2 was $1.68 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.02 billion at December 31, 2024, and $931.2 million at March 31, 2024. Tangible common equity2 represented 8.83% of tangible assets at March 31, 2025, compared to 8.71% at December 31, 2024, and 8.07% at March 31, 2024.

    Busey’s tangible book value per common share2 was $18.62 at March 31, 2025, compared to $17.88 at December 31, 2024, and $16.84 at March 31, 2024, reflecting a 10.6% year-over-year increase. The ratios of tangible common equity to tangible assets2 and tangible book value per common share have been impacted by the fair market valuation adjustment of Busey’s securities portfolio as a result of the current rate environment, which is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholder’s equity.

    Busey’s strong capital levels, coupled with its earnings, have allowed the Company to provide a steady return to its stockholders through dividends. During the first quarter of 2025, we paid a dividend of $0.25 per share on Busey’s common stock, which represents a 4.2% increase from the previous quarterly dividend of $0.24 per share. Busey has consistently paid dividends to its common stockholders since the bank holding company was organized in 1980.

    During the first quarter of 2025, Busey resumed making stock repurchases under its stock repurchase plan, purchasing 220,000 shares of its common stock at a weighted average price of $21.98 per share for a total of $4.8 million. As of March 31, 2025, Busey had 1,699,275 shares remaining on its stock repurchase plan available for repurchase.

    FIRST QUARTER EARNINGS INVESTOR PRESENTATION

    For additional information on Busey’s financial condition and operating results, please refer to our Q1 2025 Earnings Investor Presentation furnished via Form 8‑K on April 22, 2025, in connection with this earnings release.

    CORPORATE PROFILE

    As of March 31, 2025, First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) was a $19.46 billion financial holding company headquartered in Leawood, Kansas.

    Busey Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation headquartered in Champaign, Illinois, had total assets of $11.98 billion as of March 31, 2025. Busey Bank currently has 62 banking centers, with 21 in Central Illinois markets, 17 in suburban Chicago markets, 20 in the St. Louis Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in Southwest Florida, and one in Indianapolis. More information about Busey Bank can be found at busey.com.

    CrossFirst Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation headquartered in Leawood, Kansas, had total assets of $7.45 billion as of March 31, 2025. CrossFirst Bank currently has 16 banking centers located across Arizona, Colorado, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. More information about CrossFirst Bank can be found at crossfirstbank.com. It is anticipated that CrossFirst Bank will be merged with and into Busey Bank on June 20, 2025.

    Through Busey’s Wealth Management division, the Company provides a full range of asset management, investment, brokerage, fiduciary, philanthropic advisory, tax preparation, and farm management services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Assets under care totaled $13.68 billion as of March 31, 2025. More information about Busey’s Wealth Management services can be found at busey.com/wealth-management.

    Busey Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, FirsTech, specializes in the evolving financial technology needs of small and medium-sized businesses, highly regulated enterprise industries, and financial institutions. FirsTech provides comprehensive and innovative payment technology solutions, including online, mobile, and voice-recognition bill payments; money and data movement; merchant services; direct debit services; lockbox remittance processing for payments made by mail; and walk-in payments at retail agents. Additionally, FirsTech simplifies client workflows through integrations enabling support with billing, reconciliation, bill reminders, and treasury services. More information about FirsTech can be found at firstechpayments.com.

    For the fourth consecutive year, Busey was named among 2025’s America’s Best Banks by Forbes. Ranked 88th overall, Busey was one of seven banks headquartered in Illinois included on this year’s list. Busey was also named among the 2024 Best Banks to Work For by American Banker, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Money Management by Pensions and Investments, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Illinois by Daily Herald Business Ledger, the 2025 Best Places to Work in Indiana by the Indiana Chamber of Commerce, and the 2024 Best Companies to Work For in Florida by Florida Trend magazine. We are honored to be consistently recognized globally, nationally and locally for our engaged culture of integrity and commitment to community development.

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    This earnings release contains certain financial information determined by methods other than GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures, together with the related GAAP measures, in analysis of Busey’s performance and in making business decisions, as well as for comparison to Busey’s peers. Busey believes the adjusted measures are useful for investors and management to understand the effects of certain non-core and non-recurring items and provide additional perspective on Busey’s performance over time.

    The following tables present reconciliations between these non-GAAP measures and what management believes to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

    These non-GAAP disclosures have inherent limitations and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating results reported in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tax effected numbers included in these non-GAAP disclosures are based on estimated statutory rates, estimated federal income tax rates, or effective tax rates, as noted with the tables below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (Unaudited)
     
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue and Related Measures
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Total noninterest income (GAAP)     21,223       35,221       34,913  
    Net security (gains) losses (GAAP)     15,768       196       6,375  
    Total noninterest expense (GAAP)     (115,171 )     (78,167 )     (70,769 )
    Pre-provision net revenue (Non-GAAP) [a]   25,551       38,828       46,373  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     26,026       3,585       408  
    Provision for unfunded commitments1     3,141       (455 )     (678 )
    Realized (gain) loss on the sale of mortgage service rights     —       —       (7,465 )
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 54,718     $ 41,958     $ 38,638  
                 
    Average total assets [c]   14,831,298       12,085,993       12,024,208  
                 
    Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets (Non-GAAP)2 [a÷c]   0.70 %     1.28 %     1.55 %
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average total assets (Non-GAAP)2 [b÷c]   1.50 %     1.38 %     1.29 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the provision for unfunded commitments included Day 2 provision expense of $3.139 million recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition.
    2. Annualized measure.
    Adjusted Net Income, Average Tangible Common Equity, and Related Ratios
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net income (loss) (GAAP) [a] $ (29,990 )   $ 28,105     $ 26,225  
    Acquisition expenses     26,026       2,469       285  
    Restructuring expenses     —       1,116       123  
    Day 2 provision for credit losses1     42,433       —       —  
    Day 2 provision for unfunded commitments2     3,139       —       —  
    Net securities (gains) losses     15,768       196       6,375  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     —       —       (7,465 )
    Related tax (benefit) expense3     (22,069 )     (1,014 )     170  
    One-time deferred tax valuation adjustment4     4,591       —       —  
    Adjusted net income (Non-GAAP)5 [b] $ 39,898     $ 30,872     $ 25,713  
                 
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted (GAAP) [c]   68,517,647       57,934,812       56,406,500  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share (GAAP) [a÷c] $ (0.44 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.46  
                 
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted (Non-GAAP)6 [d]   69,502,717       57,934,812       56,406,500  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per common share (Non-GAAP)5,6 [b÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.53     $ 0.46  
                 
    Average total assets [e] $ 14,831,298     $ 12,085,993     $ 12,024,208  
    Return on average assets (Non-GAAP)7 [a÷e] (0.82 )%     0.93 %     0.88 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (Non-GAAP)5,7 [b÷e]   1.09 %     1.02 %     0.86 %
                 
    Average common equity   $ 1,932,407     $ 1,396,939     $ 1,275,724  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (411,020 )     (367,400 )     (353,014 )
    Average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP) [f] $ 1,521,387     $ 1,029,539     $ 922,710  
                 
    Return on average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)7 [a÷f] (7.99 )%     10.86 %     11.43 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)5,7 [b÷f]   10.64 %     11.93 %     11.21 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. The Day 2 allowance for credit losses was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition to establish an allowance on non-PCD loans and is reflected within the provision for credit losses line on the Statement of Income.
    2. The Day 2 provision for unfunded commitments was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition and is reflected within the other noninterest expense line, as a component of total noninterest expense, on the Statement of Income.
    3. Tax benefits were calculated using tax rates of 25.3%, 26.8%, and 24.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    4. The deferred tax valuation adjustment was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition and relates to the expansion of Busey’s footprint into new states. The deferred tax valuation adjustment is reflected within the income taxes line on the Statement of Income.
    5. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of adjusted net income for all periods presented to include, as applicable, adjustments for net securities gains and losses, realized net gains and losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, and one-time deferred tax valuation adjustments. In 2024, these adjusting items were previously presented as further adjustments to adjusted net income.
    6. Dilution includes shares that would have been dilutive if there had been net income during the period.
    7. Annualized measure.
    Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income, Adjusted Net Interest Income, Net Interest Margin, and Adjusted Net Interest Margin
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     537       446       449  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income (Non-GAAP) [a]   104,268       82,024       76,303  
    Purchase accounting accretion related to business combinations     (2,728 )     (812 )     (204 )
    Adjusted net interest income (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 101,540     $ 81,212     $ 76,099  
                 
    Average interest-earning assets (Non-GAAP) [c] $ 13,363,594     $ 11,048,350     $ 11,005,903  
                 
    Net interest margin (Non-GAAP)2 [a÷c]   3.16 %     2.95 %     2.79 %
    Adjusted net interest margin (Non-GAAP)2 [b÷c]   3.08 %     2.92 %     2.78 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Annualized measure.
    Adjusted Noninterest Income, Revenue Measures, Adjusted Noninterest Expense, Efficiency Ratios, and Adjusted Noninterest Expense to Average Assets
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP) [a] $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     537       446       449  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income (Non-GAAP) [b]   104,268       82,024       76,303  
                 
    Total noninterest income (GAAP)     21,223       35,221       34,913  
    Net security (gains) losses     15,768       196       6,375  
    Noninterest income excluding net securities gains and losses (Non-GAAP) [c]   36,991       35,417       41,288  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     —       —       (7,465 )
    Adjusted noninterest income (Non-GAAP) [d] $ 36,991     $ 35,417     $ 33,823  
                 
    Tax-equivalent revenue (Non-GAAP) [e = b+c] $ 141,259     $ 117,441     $ 117,591  
    Adjusted tax-equivalent revenue (Non-GAAP) [f = b+d] $ 141,259     $ 117,441     $ 110,126  
    Operating revenue (Non-GAAP) [g = a+d] $ 140,722     $ 116,995     $ 109,677  
                 
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue (Non-GAAP) [d÷g]   26.29 %     30.27 %     30.84 %
                 
    Total noninterest expense (GAAP)   $ 115,171     $ 78,167     $ 70,769  
    Amortization of intangible assets     (3,083 )     (2,471 )     (2,409 )
    Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangible assets (Non-GAAP) [h]   112,088       75,696       68,360  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     (26,026 )     (3,585 )     (408 )
    Provision for unfunded commitments2     (3,141 )     455       678  
    Adjusted noninterest expense (Non-GAAP)3 [i] $ 82,921     $ 72,566     $ 68,630  
                 
    Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP) [h÷e]   79.35 %     64.45 %     58.13 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP)3 [i÷f]   58.70 %     61.79 %     62.32 %
                 
    Average total assets [j] $ 14,831,298     $ 12,085,993     $ 12,024,208  
    Adjusted noninterest expense to average assets (Non-GAAP)4 [i÷j]   2.27 %     2.39 %     2.30 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the provision for unfunded commitments included Day 2 provision expense of $3.139 million recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition.
    3. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of adjusted noninterest expense and the adjusted efficiency ratio for all periods presented to include, as applicable, adjustments for the provision for unfunded commitments. In 2024, these adjustments were previously presented as adjustments for adjusted core expense and the adjusted core efficiency ratio.
    4. Annualized measure.
    Tangible Assets, Tangible Common Equity, and Related Measures and Ratio
                 
        As of
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (496,118 )     (365,975 )     (351,455 )
    Tangible assets (Non-GAAP)1 [a] $ 18,968,134     $ 11,680,747     $ 11,536,003  
                 
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 2,179,606     $ 1,383,269     $ 1,282,651  
    Preferred stock and additional paid in capital on preferred stock     (7,750 )     —       —  
    Common equity [b]   2,171,856       1,383,269       1,282,651  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (496,118 )     (365,975 )     (351,455 )
    Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)1 [c] $ 1,675,738     $ 1,017,294     $ 931,196  
                 
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (Non-GAAP)1 [c÷a]   8.83 %     8.71 %     8.07 %
                 
    Ending number of common shares outstanding (GAAP) [d]   90,008,178       56,895,981       55,300,008  
    Book value per common share (Non-GAAP) [b÷d] $ 24.13     $ 24.31     $ 23.19  
    Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) [c÷d] $ 18.62     $ 17.88     $ 16.84  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of tangible assets and tangible common equity for all periods presented to exclude any tax adjustment.
    Core Deposits and Related Ratio
                 
        As of
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Total deposits (GAAP) [a] $ 16,459,470     $ 9,982,490     $ 9,960,191  
    Brokered deposits, excluding brokered time deposits of $250,000 or more     (722,309 )     (13,090 )     (6,001 )
    Time deposits of $250,000 or more     (967,262 )     (334,503 )     (326,795 )
    Core deposits (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 14,769,899     $ 9,634,897     $ 9,627,395  
                 
    Core deposits to total deposits (Non-GAAP) [b÷a]   89.73 %     96.52 %     96.66 %
     

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to Busey’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of Busey’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “position,” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and Busey undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond Busey’s ability to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the following: (1) the strength of the local, state, national, and international economies and financial markets (including effects of inflationary pressures and supply chain constraints); (2) changes in, and the interpretation and prioritization of, local, state, and federal laws, regulations, and governmental policies (including those concerning Busey’s general business); (3) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats or attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets (including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East); (4) unexpected results of acquisitions, including the acquisition of CrossFirst, which may include the failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions and the possibility that the transaction and integration costs may be greater than anticipated; (5) the imposition of tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the value of products produced by Busey’s commercial borrowers; (6) new or revised accounting policies and practices as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory banking agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (7) changes in interest rates and prepayment rates of Busey’s assets (including the impact of sustained elevated interest rates); (8) increased competition in the financial services sector (including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies) and the inability to attract new customers; (9) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (10) the loss of key executives or associates, talent shortages, and employee turnover; (11) unexpected outcomes and costs of existing or new litigation, investigations, or other legal proceedings, inquiries, and regulatory actions involving Busey (including with respect to Busey’s Illinois franchise taxes); (12) fluctuations in the value of securities held in Busey’s securities portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; (13) credit risk and risk from concentrations (by type of borrower, geographic area, collateral, and industry), within Busey’s loan portfolio and large loans to certain borrowers (including commercial real estate loans); (14) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits and may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (15) the level of non-performing assets on Busey’s balance sheets; (16) interruptions involving information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (17) breaches or failures of information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents; (18) the economic impact on Busey and its customers of climate change, natural disasters, and exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, blizzards, and droughts; (19) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact Busey’s cost of funds; (20) the ability to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses on loans; (21) the effectiveness of Busey’s risk management framework; and (22) the ability of Busey to manage the risks associated with the foregoing. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

    Additional information concerning Busey and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect Busey’s financial results, is included in Busey’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    END NOTES

    1 Annualized measure.
    2 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), see “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
    3 The blended benchmark consists of 60% MSCI All Country World Index and 40% Bloomberg Intermediate US Government/Credit Total Return Index.
    4 Estimated uninsured and uncollateralized deposits consist of account balances in excess of the $250 thousand Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit, less intercompany accounts, fully collateralized accounts (including preferred deposits), and pass-through accounts where clients have deposit insurance at the correspondent financial institution.
    5 On- and off-balance sheet liquidity is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities excluding those pledged as collateral, brokered deposits, and Busey’s borrowing capacity through its revolving credit facility, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and federal funds purchased lines.
    6 Capital amounts and ratios for the first quarter of 2025 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.

    INVESTOR CONTACT: Scott A. Phillips, Interim Chief Financial Officer | 239-689-7167

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: XploraDEX Commences 7-Day Token Distribution as $XPL Presale Remains Open for Early Adopters

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ZURICH, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The long-awaited $XPL token distribution has officially begun, signaling a pivotal moment in the XploraDEX journey as the platform transitions from presale to active deployment. For the next 7 days, early investors will receive their tokens, while new participants still have a final opportunity to join the presale and secure their stake in the first AI-powered DEX on XRPL.

    As token allocations begin hitting wallets, the energy in the community is electric. After weeks of anticipation and record-breaking wallet signups, XploraDEX is delivering on its roadmap—starting with the real-time distribution of $XPL to thousands of early supporters around the world.

    Join $XPL Presale

    Unlike other presales that delay activation, XploraDEX is going live during its token distribution window. Investors can still enter at presale pricing while rewards, staking, and onboarding processes roll out. It’s a unique dual-phase designed to offer latecomers one last chance to secure $XPL before listings go public.

    What’s happening now:

    • $XPL tokens are being distributed across all eligible wallets
    • The final 7-day presale window is live and counting down
    • Staking modules and governance onboarding will activate post-distribution
    • A curated batch of users will preview AI trading dashboards

    Participate in $XPL Presale

    With a huge number of $XPL allocation already claimed, this week represents the final chance for investors to join XploraDEX before the price adjusts to market-driven dynamics on decentralized exchanges. Once the presale ends, the open trading era begins—at a premium.

    Why now is the time to act:

    • First access to smart AI trading tools and staking rewards
    • Lowest token price before public listings
    • Governance power to shape the protocol’s direction
    • Priority launchpad entry for future token projects built on XRPL

    Purchase $XPL Tokens

    The XploraDEX ecosystem is built on speed, intelligence, and community. With its AI-driven infrastructure, the platform is poised to give XRPL traders a smarter, faster, and more data-rich trading experience than ever before.

    This is not just the next chapter for XploraDEX—it’s the ignition. The next 7 days will define who enters early and who enters late. And in DeFi, timing is everything.

    Secure Your $XPL Tokens Before the Presale Closes: https://sale.xploradex.io

    Live Updates on Launch: Website | $XPL Token Presale | X | Telegram

    Contact:
    Oliver Muller
    oliver@xploradex.io
    contact@xploradex.io

    Disclaimer: This press release is provided by the XploraDEX. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice.

    Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed.

    Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/7e7224d5-c160-4dee-9236-a27e1da8dda9

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-Evening Report: Australian women are wary of AI being used in breast cancer screening – new research

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Alison Pearce, Associate Professor, Health Economics, University of Sydney

    Okrasiuk/Shutterstock

    Artificial intelligence (AI) is becoming increasingly relevant in many aspects of society, including health care. For example, it’s already used for robotic surgery and to provide virtual mental health support.

    In recent years, scientists have developed AI algorithms that can analyse mammograms for signs of breast cancer. These algorithms may be as good as or better at finding cancers than human radiologists, and save the health-care system money.

    At the same time, evidence for the accuracy of AI in breast cancer screening is still emerging. And we need to ensure the benefits would outweigh the risks, such as overdiagnosis. This is where small cancers are detected that wouldn’t cause harm, resulting in unnecessary treatment.

    In a new study, my colleagues and I wanted to understand how Australian women – who would be affected if AI were to be introduced into breast screening in the future – feel about the technology.

    AI and breast cancer screening

    Breast cancer screening programs reduce the number of women who die from breast cancer by finding cancer early.

    In Australia, as in many countries around the world, two specially trained health professionals, usually radiologists, review each screening mammogram for signs of cancer. If the two radiologists disagree, a third is consulted.

    This double reading approach improves cancer detection rates without recalling too many women for further testing unnecessarily. However, it’s resource intensive. And there’s currently a shortage of radiologists worldwide.

    AI has been investigated to support radiologists, replace a radiologist, or as a triage tool to identify the mammograms at highest risk so these can be reviewed by a radiologist. However, there’s no consensus yet as to how to best implement AI in breast cancer screening.

    Breast cancer screening programs reduce the number of women who die from breast cancer.
    YAKOBCHUK VIACHESLAV/Shutterstock

    Our study

    The success of cancer screening programs depends on high rates of participation. While people are generally receptive to AI, in previous research, many have reported being unwilling to trust AI with their health care.

    There are concerns introducing AI into breast cancer screening programs could jeopardise screening participation rates if people do not trust AI.

    We asked 802 women if and how they thought AI should be implemented in breast cancer screening. Our sample was generally representative of the population of women in Australia eligible for screening.

    We measured how their preferences were influenced by factors such as:

    • how the AI was used (whether it supplemented radiologists, replaced one or both radiologists, or was used for triage)

    • how accurate the AI algorithm was

    • who owned the AI algorithm (for example, the Australian government department of health, an Australian company or an international company)

    • how representative the algorithm was of the Australian population (for example, the algorithm may not work as well for people from some ethnic groups)

    • how privacy was managed

    • how long patients had to wait for the results of their mammogram.

    We used the responses to assess which factors were most important and how the introduction of AI might influence participation in breast cancer screening.

    Before the survey, we provided participants with information about AI and how it could be used in breast cancer screening. The information we provided may have changed participants’ beliefs and preferences around the use of AI in this context relative to the general population. This could be a limitation of our study.

    What we found

    Overall, we saw mixed reactions to the introduction of AI into breast cancer screening. Some 40% of respondents were open to using AI, on the condition it was more accurate than human radiologists. In contrast, 42% were strongly opposed to using AI, while 18% had reservations.

    In general, participants wanted AI to be accurate, Australian-owned, representative of Australian women, and faster than human radiologists before implementation.

    Notably, up to 22% of respondents reported they might be less likely to participate in breast cancer screening if AI was implemented in a way that made them uncomfortable.

    It’s possible attitudes to AI may differ in contexts with different social values or existing screening practices to Australia. But our findings were broadly consistent with what we see in other countries.

    Around the world, women are generally receptive to the benefits of AI in breast cancer screening. But they feel strongly that AI should supplement or support clinicians, rather than replace them.

    The success of breast cancer screening programs depends on high rates of participation.
    Monkey Business Images/Shutterstock

    We need to proceed carefully

    AI holds promise for improving the effectiveness and efficiency of breast cancer screening in the future.

    That said, these benefits may be offset if screening participation goes down. This is particularly concerning in Australia, where participation rates in BreastScreen are already relatively low (less than 50%).

    Implementing AI without addressing community concerns around the accuracy, ownership, privacy and implementation model could undermine trust in breast cancer screening programs.

    Policymakers should carefully consider community concerns about the implementation of AI technology in health care before proceeding. And breast cancer screening participants will need reliable information to understand the risks and benefits of AI in screening services.

    If this is not done properly, and screening participation falls lower as a result, this could lead to more breast cancers being diagnosed later and therefore being harder to treat.

    Alison Pearce received funding from Sydney Cancer Institute for this project.

    – ref. Australian women are wary of AI being used in breast cancer screening – new research – https://theconversation.com/australian-women-are-wary-of-ai-being-used-in-breast-cancer-screening-new-research-253340

    MIL OSI Analysis – EveningReport.nz –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: SEC Charges PGI Global Founder with $198 Million Crypto Asset and Foreign Exchange Fraud Scheme

    Source: Securities and Exchange Commission

    The Securities and Exchange Commission today charged Ramil Palafox for orchestrating a fraudulent scheme that raised approximately $198 million from investors worldwide and for misappropriating more than $57 million of investor funds.

    According to the SEC’s complaint, Palafox’s company, known as PGI Global, claimed to be a crypto asset and foreign exchange trading company. From January 2020 through October 2021, Palafox offered and sold PGI Global “membership” packages, which he claimed guaranteed investors high returns from PGI Global’s supposed crypto asset and foreign exchange trading and offered members multi-level-marketing-like referral incentives to encourage them to recruit new investors. However, as the complaint alleges, Palafox misappropriated more than $57 million in investor funds to buy Lamborghinis, items from luxury retailers, and for other personal expenses. He also used the majority of the remaining investor funds to pay other investors their purported returns and referral rewards in a Ponzi-like scheme until its collapse in late 2021.

    “As alleged in our complaint, Palafox attracted investors with the allure of guaranteed profits from sophisticated crypto asset and foreign exchange trading, but instead of trading, Palafox bought himself and his family cars, watches, and homes using millions of dollars of investor funds,” said Scott Thompson, Associate Director of the SEC’s Philadelphia Regional Office. “We will continue to investigate and take action against bad actors who take advantage of investors with promises of guaranteed passive income and other lies and deceit.”

    “Palafox used the guise of innovation to lure investors into lining his pockets with millions of dollars while leaving many victims empty-handed,” said Laura D’Allaird, Chief of the Commission’s new Cyber and Emerging Technologies Unit. “In reality, his false claims of crypto industry expertise and a supposed AI-powered auto-trading platform were just masking an international securities fraud.”

    The SEC’s complaint, filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, charges Palafox with violating the anti-fraud and registration provisions of the federal securities laws. The complaint seeks permanent injunctive relief, conduct-based injunctions preventing Palafox from participating in multi-level-marketing programs involving the offer or sale of securities and offerings of crypto assets bought or sold as a security, disgorgement of ill-gotten gains with prejudgment interest, and civil penalties. The complaint also names BBMR Threshold LLC, Darvie Mendoza, Marissa Mendoza Palafox, and Linda Ventura as relief defendants and seeks disgorgement of their ill-gotten gains and prejudgment interest.

    In a parallel action, Palafox was arraigned in U.S. District Court on criminal charges brought by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Virginia.

    The SEC’s ongoing investigation is being conducted by Michael Cuff and Polly Hayes of the Philadelphia Regional Office and Assunta Vivolo of the SEC’s Market Abuse Unit. It is being supervised by Ms. D’Allaird and Mr. Thompson. The litigation will be conducted by Spencer Willig and Gregory Bockin of the Philadelphia Regional Office and Eugene Hansen of SEC Headquarters. The Commission appreciates the assistance of the U.S. Attorney’s Office, the FBI, and the IRS.

    The SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Advocacy directs investors to resources on detecting and avoiding pyramid schemes posing as multi-level marketing programs. Investors can find additional information at Investor.gov.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Global: How Iran’s government has weaponized sexual violence against women who dare to resist

    Source: The Conversation – Canada – By Mina Fakhravar, PhD Candidate, Feminist and Gender Studies, L’Université d’Ottawa/University of Ottawa

    In Iran’s 2022–2023 “Woman, Life, Freedom” uprising, women’s bodies quite literally became battlefields.

    The protest movement erupted after the death in custody of 22-year-old Mahsa (Jina) Amini, who was arrested by Iran’s morality police for improperly wearing a hijab.

    Her death became a powerful symbol of the government’s patriarchal control over women’s bodies, and ignited protests that exposed the regime’s use of sexual violence as a weapon of repression.

    Testimonies from survivors, shared despite stigma and fear, revealed harrowing abuses: women protesters were beaten, sexually assaulted, raped (including gang rape and rape with objects), stripped naked and tortured during their arrests, transfers and detention in both official and unofficial sites, and throughout interrogations.

    These were not isolated acts but calculated techniques to punish dissent and instil terror.

    An Iranian woman protests the death of Mahsa Amini, who died after being detained by the morality police in Tehran in September 2022. This photo was taken by an individual not employed by the Associated Press and obtained by the AP outside Iran.
    (AP Photo/Middle East Images)

    Marking, punishing, controlling women

    One of the most chilling testimonies belongs to a young woman detained during the protests:

    “My friends and I removed our veils in public and we were chanting. The thought never crossed my mind that the security forces would arrest us… From the moment we were arrested, they beat us violently… They told us ‘There is no God here. We are your God.’”

    She was later subjected to a violent gang rape.

    The Iranian government apparently views women’s bodies as territories to be marked, disciplined and punished. Its patriarchal ideology reduces women to bearers of family honour and religious purity, legitimizing state control over their appearance, behaviour and movement.

    As French materialist feminist Colette Guillaumin theorized with the concept of “sexage”, patriarchal systems reduce women to “natural objects” — beings whose bodies, time and sexuality are appropriated and controlled. Nicole-Claude Mathieu further underlined how this appropriation operates across diverse contexts of domination.

    In Iran, these insights help explain how the state instrumentalizes women’s bodies as symbols of ideological domination and as resources to be regulated and exploited. Forcibly veiling or unveiling women, as Guillaumin argued, signifies public ownership over their bodies, transforming their visibility and autonomy into objects of state control.

    The politics of sexual violence

    The Iranian state seemingly perceives unveiled women not merely as disobedient citizens but as bodies that have escaped control and refused their assigned status of possession.

    For this transgression, punishment seeks to annihilate them: through humiliation, torture and rape. Media reports have indicate that security forces have deliberately targeted female protesters’ eyes and genitals, further exemplifying how women are reduced to mere sexual and reproductive objects.

    This targeted violence exposes how, in the eyes of the authorities, women’s identities are crudely reduced to their faces and genitals, symbols of their visibility and sexuality.

    Far from isolated acts, rapes and sexual violence committed by Iranian state forces during the “Woman, Life, Freedom” uprising embody what feminist scholar Catharine MacKinnon defines as a “system of sexual terrorism”, where sexual violence is neither private nor incidental but a methodical instrument of political domination.

    Rape allows the authorities to discipline women who have dissented, to humiliate them and to reassert control over those who dared reclaim their bodies and voices.

    Stigma, silence and legal abandonment

    But sexual violence never ends with the act itself. Its aftermath carves deep and lasting scars in survivors’ lives.

    In Iran, rape survivors endure not only trauma but also social exclusion, stigma and judicial abandonment. The Iranian legal system, which narrowly defines rape under “zina” (fornication), often punishes the victim if she cannot produce four male witnesses. This often silences survivors.

    As another survivor, interviewed by Amnesty International, declared:

    “I will never be the same person again… But I hope that my testimony will result in justice, and not just for me … so maybe we can prevent similar bitter events from happening again in the future.”

    The Iranian government’s obsession with controlling women extends beyond their bodies to systems of surveillance. In 2025, Tehran authorities have deployed 15,000 new AI-powered surveillance cameras, alongside drones and facial recognition technologies, explicitly to enforce compulsory hijab laws.

    In Iran, veiling is not only religious but profoundly political, a public sign of submission to patriarchal rule.

    Meanwhile, executions in Iran have surged to alarming levels, with at least 972 people executed in 2024 alone, the highest in eight years. Among those targeted are women activists, particularly from ethnic minority groups, facing death sentences for their resistance.

    The 2025 report by the United Nation’s Fact-Finding Mission highlights the ongoing cases of Pakhshan Azizi, Sharifeh Mohammadi and Varisheh Moradi, all sentenced to death.

    Their cases, alongside Iran’s skyrocketing execution rate, expose a terrifying pattern of state femicide: the execution of women who dare to fight for gender justice and human rights.

    Global responsibility

    These are not domestic Iranian matters — they are crimes against humanity.

    As MacKinnon reminds us, sexual violence is not private, it is a political weapon and a civil rights violation. The world must act by imposing targeted sanctions on perpetrators, offering asylum to survivors and supporting Iranian feminist movements demanding justice.

    To let these crimes go unanswered is to surrender women’s bodies to impunity. Iranian women have shown extraordinary courage. The global response must match their bravery with action.

    Mina Fakhravar does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. How Iran’s government has weaponized sexual violence against women who dare to resist – https://theconversation.com/how-irans-government-has-weaponized-sexual-violence-against-women-who-dare-to-resist-253791

    MIL OSI – Global Reports –

    April 23, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: QCR Holdings, Inc. Announces Net Income of $25.8 Million for the First Quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Net income of $25.8 million, or $1.52 per diluted share
    • Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) of $26.0 million, or $1.53 per diluted share
    • Adjusted NIM (TEY) (non-GAAP) expanded to 3.41%
    • Robust core deposit growth of 20% annualized
    • Wealth management revenue growth of 14% annualized
    • Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) grew $1.43, or 11% annualized
    • TCE/TA ratio (non-GAAP) improved 15 basis points to 9.70%

    MOLINE, Ill., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — QCR Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: QCRH) (the “Company”) today announced quarterly net income of $25.8 million and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $1.52 for the first quarter of 2025, compared to net income of $30.2 million and diluted EPS of $1.77 for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) and adjusted diluted EPS for the first quarter of 2025 were $26.0 million and $1.53, respectively. For the fourth quarter of 2024, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) was $32.8 million and adjusted diluted EPS was $1.93. For the first quarter of 2024, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) was $26.9 million, and adjusted diluted EPS was $1.59.

      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31, December 31, March 31,
    $ in millions (except per share data)  2025  2024  2024
    Net Income $ 25.8 $ 30.2 $ 26.7
    Diluted EPS $ 1.52 $ 1.77 $ 1.58
    Adjusted Net Income (non-GAAP)* $ 26.0 $ 32.8 $ 26.9
    Adjusted Diluted EPS (non-GAAP)* $ 1.53 $ 1.93 $ 1.59
                 

    *Adjusted non-GAAP measurements of financial performance exclude non-core and/or nonrecurring income and expense items that management believes are not reflective of the anticipated future operation of the Company’s business. The Company believes these adjusted measurements provide a better comparison for analysis and may provide a better indicator of future performance. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.

    “Our first quarter results were highlighted by margin expansion, robust deposit growth, and disciplined expense management. We also had another quarter of strong wealth management revenue growth,” said Larry J. Helling, Chief Executive Officer. “Our performance was further bolstered by continued loan growth while maintaining our excellent asset quality, further strengthening our capital levels, and significantly increasing our tangible book value per share.”

    Margin Performance Continues

    Net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 totaled $60.0 million, a decrease of $1.2 million from the fourth quarter of 2024, but increased slightly when adjusted for fewer days in the first quarter.

    Net interest margin (“NIM”) was 2.95% and NIM on a tax-equivalent yield (“TEY”) basis (non-GAAP) was 3.42% for the first quarter, as compared to 2.95% and 3.43% for the prior quarter, respectively. Adjusted NIM TEY (non-GAAP) of 3.41% for the first quarter of 2025 increased one basis point compared to the fourth quarter of 2024.  

    “Our adjusted NIM, on a tax equivalent yield basis, increased one basis point from the fourth quarter of 2024 and was within our guidance range, overpowering the dilution from the impact of expired interest rate caps,” said Todd A. Gipple, President and Chief Financial Officer. “Absent the impact from the interest rate caps, our adjusted NIM TEY expanded by five basis points. Looking ahead, we anticipate continued margin expansion and are guiding to second quarter adjusted NIM TEY in the range from static to an increase of four basis points, assuming no Federal Reserve rate cuts,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Noninterest Income Driven by Capital Markets and Wealth Management Revenue

    Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2025 was influenced by macroeconomic factors, particularly affecting our low-income housing tax credit (“LIHTC”) lending business and its associated capital markets revenue. Noninterest income for the quarter totaled $16.9 million, down from $30.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The Company generated $6.5 million of capital markets revenue during the first quarter, compared to $20.6 million in the prior quarter.

    “Our capital markets business was affected by macroeconomic uncertainty. Despite this, demand for affordable housing remains significant. The lower first quarter results in this sector should lead to a larger pipeline for future transactions. Our capital markets activity for the second quarter is normalizing as clients adjust to the current environment,” said Mr. Helling. “As a result, we continue to expect our capital markets revenue to be in a range of $50 to $60 million over the next four quarters. We believe the long-term demand and our growing backlog for new deals will support the sustainability of our LIHTC lending program,” added Mr. Helling.

    “Additionally, our wealth management business remained strong in the first quarter of 2025, generating annualized revenue growth of 14% for the quarter driven by growth in new client accounts and assets under management. We expect continued strong growth in this business to be fueled by the strategic investments we made in our Southwest Missouri and Central Iowa markets,” said Mr. Gipple.

    Significant Noninterest Expense Reduction

    Noninterest expense for the first quarter of 2025 totaled $46.5 million, a decrease compared to $53.5 million for the fourth quarter and $50.7 million for the first quarter of 2024. The $7.0 million linked-quarter decrease was primarily due to lower salary and employee benefits expenses associated with reduced variable compensation.

    “Our noninterest expense decreased by 13% during the quarter, primarily due to lower capital markets revenue and its impact on our variable compensation. As a result, expenses were well below the guided range of $52 to $55 million highlighting our expense flexibility,” said Mr. Gipple. “The Company’s efficiency ratio was 60.54% in the first quarter. For the second quarter of 2025 we expect noninterest expense to be in the range of $50 to $53 million which assumes both capital markets revenue and loan growth are within our guidance range,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Exceptionally Low Effective Tax Rate

    The effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2025 was 1%, down from 9% in the prior quarter. The linked quarter decline is primarily due to a combination of the tax benefits from equity compensation in the first quarter, new state tax credit investments, and lower pre-tax income from lower capital markets revenue. “These factors decreased the mix of our taxable income relative to our tax-exempt income. Our tax-exempt loan and bond portfolios have consistently helped us maintain our low tax liability benefiting our shareholders,” said Mr. Gipple. “Given a more normalized mix of revenue, we expect our effective tax rate to be in the range of 6% to 8% for the second quarter of 2025,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Robust Deposit Growth

    During the first quarter of 2025, core deposits increased by $332.2 million, or 20% annualized, which allowed the Company to decrease brokered deposits by $56.0 million, and overnight FHLB advances by $140 million. Gross loans and leases held for investment as a percentage of total deposits ratio improved to 92.96% from 96.05% from the prior quarter. “Our deposit growth this quarter reflects our strong execution in expanding market share and deepening relationships with both new and existing clients in our core markets,” added Mr. Helling.

    Continued Loan Growth

    In the first quarter of 2025, the Company’s total loans and leases held for investment grew by $38.9 million to $6.8 billion. “Loan growth was 4% annualized when adding back the impact from the runoff of m2 Equipment Finance loans. First quarter loan activity was influenced by heightened macroeconomic uncertainty and elevated payoffs. We anticipate that the slowdown in our LIHTC business during this period should lead to a larger pipeline of future activity driven by the ongoing significant demand for low-income housing,” stated Mr. Helling.

    “Due to heightened uncertainty, we are suspending our full-year loan growth guidance. Instead, we are providing guidance for the second quarter of 2025, projecting an annualized growth rate of 4% to 6%,” added Mr. Helling.

    Asset Quality Remains Excellent

    The Company’s nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) to total assets ratio was 0.53% on March 31, 2025, up three basis points from the prior quarter. NPAs totaled $48.1 million at the end of the first quarter of 2025, a $2.6 million increase from the prior quarter. The increase in NPAs during the first quarter was primarily due to the addition of three specific loans, partially offset by the payoff of our largest NPA in January.

    The Company’s total criticized loans, a leading indicator of asset quality, declined by $18.2 million on a linked-quarter basis, and the ratio of criticized loans to total loans and leases as of March 31, 2025, improved to 2.06%, as compared to 2.34% as of December 31, 2024. This $18.2 million reduction marks the Company’s lowest criticized loan ratio in five years.

    The Company recorded a total provision for credit losses of $4.2 million during the quarter, representing a decline of $0.9 million from the prior quarter. The reduction in the provision for credit losses during the quarter was primarily due to lower loan growth and a decrease in total criticized balances. Net charge-offs were also $4.2 million during the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $0.8 million from the prior quarter. The allowance for credit losses to total loans held for investment was unchanged from the prior quarter at 1.32%.

    Strong Tangible Book Value and Regulatory Capital Growth

    The Company’s tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) increased by $1.43, or 11% annualized, during the first quarter of 2025 due to the combination of strong earnings, a modest dividend, and negligible changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”).

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (“TCE”) (non-GAAP) increased 15 basis points to 9.70%. The improvement in TCE (non-GAAP) was driven by strong earnings as AOCI remained consistent during the quarter. The total risk-based capital ratio increased to 14.16% and the common equity tier 1 ratio increased to 10.26% due to solid earnings growth and modest loan growth during the quarter. By comparison, these ratios were 9.55%, 14.10%, and 10.03%, respectively, as of December 31, 2024. The Company remains focused on maintaining strong regulatory capital and targeting TCE (non-GAAP) in the top quartile of its peer group.

    Conference Call Details
    The Company will host an earnings call/webcast tomorrow, April 23, 2025, at Central Time. Dial-in information for the call is toll-free: 888-346-9286 (international 412-317-5253). Participants should request to join the QCR Holdings, Inc. call. The event will be available for replay through April 30, 2025. The replay access information is 877-344-7529 (international 412-317-0088); access code 7198237. A webcast of the teleconference can be accessed on the Company’s News and Events page at www.qcrh.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available at the same location shortly after the live event has ended.

    About Us
    QCR Holdings, Inc., headquartered in Moline, Illinois, is a relationship-driven, multi-bank holding company serving the Quad Cities, Cedar Rapids, Cedar Valley, Des Moines/Ankeny and Springfield communities through its wholly owned subsidiary banks. The banks provide full-service commercial and consumer banking and trust and wealth management services. Quad City Bank & Trust Company, based in Bettendorf, Iowa, commenced operations in 1994, Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company, based in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, commenced operations in 2001, Community State Bank, based in Ankeny, Iowa, was acquired by the Company in 2016, and Guaranty Bank, based in Springfield, Missouri, was acquired by the Company in 2018. Additionally, the Company serves the Waterloo/Cedar Falls, Iowa community through Community Bank & Trust, a division of Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company. The Company has 36 locations in Iowa, Missouri, and Illinois. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $9.2 billion in assets, $6.8 billion in loans and $7.3 billion in deposits. For additional information, please visit the Company’s website at www.qcrh.com.

    Special Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements. This document contains, and future oral and written statements of the Company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the Company. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the Company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “bode”, “predict,” “suggest,” “project”, “appear,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” ”annualize,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “likely,” “might,” “potential,” “continue,” “annualized,” “target,” “outlook,” as well as the negative forms of those words, or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond the ability of the Company to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in its forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the strength of the local, state, national and international economies and financial markets, including effects of inflationary pressures, the threat or implementation of tariffs, trade wars and changes to immigration policy; (ii) changes in, and the interpretation and prioritization of, local, state and federal laws, regulations and governmental policies (including those concerning the Company’s general business); (iii) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats and attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, acts of war or threats thereof (including the Russian invasion of Ukraine and ongoing conflicts in the Middle East), or other adverse events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets, and the response of the local, state and national governments to any such adverse external events; (iv) new or revised accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory agencies, the FASB, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the PCAOB; (v) the imposition of tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the value of products produced by the Company’s commercial borrowers; (vi) increased competition in the financial services sector, including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies, and the inability to attract new customers; (vii) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (viii) unexpected results of acquisitions, including failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions and the possibility that transaction and integration costs may be greater than anticipated; (ix) the loss of key executives and employees, talent shortages and employee turnover; (x) changes in consumer spending; (xi) unexpected outcomes and costs of existing or new litigation or other legal proceedings and regulatory actions involving the Company; (xii) the economic impact on the Company and its customers of climate change, natural disasters and exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, floods and blizzards; (xiii) fluctuations in the value of securities held in our securities portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; (xiv) credit risk and risks from concentrations (by type of borrower, geographic area, collateral and industry) within our loan portfolio and large loans to certain borrowers (including CRE loans); (xv) the overall health of the local and national real estate market; (xvi) the ability to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses on loans; (xvii) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and who may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (xviii) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact the Company’s cost of funds; (xix) the level of non-performing assets on our balance sheet; (xx) interruptions involving our information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (xxi) the occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our third-party vendors’ information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents, including as a result of sophisticated attacks using artificial intelligence and similar tools or as a result of insider fraud; (xxii) changes in the interest rates and repayment rates of the Company’s assets; (xxiii) the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management framework, and (xxiv) the ability of the Company to manage the risks associated with the foregoing. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Additional information concerning the Company and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect the Company’s financial results, is included in the Company’s filings with the SEC.

    Contact:
    Todd A. Gipple
    President
    Chief Financial Officer
    (309) 743-7745
    tgipple@qcrh.com

      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                 
        As of
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands)
                 
      CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET          
                 
      Cash and due from banks $ 98,994   $ 91,732   $ 103,840   $ 92,173   $ 80,988  
      Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits   225,716     170,592     159,159     102,262     77,020  
      Securities, net of allowance for credit losses   1,220,717     1,200,435     1,146,046     1,033,199     1,031,861  
      Loans receivable held for sale (1)   2,025     2,143     167,047     246,124     275,344  
      Loans/leases receivable held for investment   6,821,142     6,782,261     6,661,755     6,608,262     6,372,992  
      Allowance for credit losses   (90,354 )   (89,841 )   (86,321 )   (87,706 )   (84,470 )
      Intangibles   10,400     11,061     11,751     12,441     13,131  
      Goodwill   138,595     138,595     138,596     139,027     139,027  
      Derivatives   180,997     186,781     261,913     194,354     183,888  
      Other assets   544,547     532,271     524,779     531,855     509,768  
      Total assets $ 9,152,779   $ 9,026,030   $ 9,088,565   $ 8,871,991   $ 8,599,549  
                 
      Total deposits $ 7,337,390   $ 7,061,187   $ 6,984,633   $ 6,764,667   $ 6,806,775  
      Total borrowings   429,921     569,532     660,344     768,671     489,633  
      Derivatives   206,925     214,823     285,769     221,798     211,677  
      Other liabilities   155,796     183,101     181,199     180,536     184,122  
      Total stockholders’ equity   1,022,747     997,387     976,620     936,319     907,342  
      Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 9,152,779   $ 9,026,030   $ 9,088,565   $ 8,871,991   $ 8,599,549  
                 
      ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO          
      Loan/lease mix: (2)          
      Commercial and industrial – revolving $ 388,479   $ 387,991   $ 387,409   $ 362,115   $ 326,129  
      Commercial and industrial – other   1,231,198     1,295,961     1,321,053     1,370,561     1,374,333  
      Commercial and industrial – other – LIHTC   212,921     218,971     89,028     92,637     96,276  
      Total commercial and industrial   1,832,598     1,902,923     1,797,490     1,825,313     1,796,738  
      Commercial real estate, owner occupied   599,488     605,993     622,072     633,596     621,069  
      Commercial real estate, non-owner occupied   1,040,281     1,077,852     1,103,694     1,082,457     1,055,089  
      Construction and land development   403,001     395,557     342,335     331,454     410,918  
      Construction and land development – LIHTC   1,016,207     917,986     913,841     750,894     738,609  
      Multi-family   289,782     303,662     324,090     329,239     296,245  
      Multi-family – LIHTC   888,517     828,448     973,682     1,148,244     1,007,321  
      Direct financing leases   14,773     17,076     19,241     25,808     28,089  
      1-4 family real estate   592,127     588,179     587,512     583,542     563,358  
      Consumer   146,393     146,728     144,845     143,839     130,900  
      Total loans/leases $ 6,823,167   $ 6,784,404   $ 6,828,802   $ 6,854,386   $ 6,648,336  
      Less allowance for credit losses   90,354     89,841     86,321     87,706     84,470  
      Net loans/leases $ 6,732,813   $ 6,694,563   $ 6,742,481   $ 6,766,680   $ 6,563,866  
                 
                 
      ANALYSIS OF SECURITIES PORTFOLIO          
      Securities mix:          
      U.S. government sponsored agency securities $ 17,487   $ 20,591   $ 18,621   $ 20,101   $ 14,442  
      Municipal securities   1,003,985     971,567     965,810     885,046     884,469  
      Residential mortgage-backed and related securities   43,194     50,042     53,488     54,708     56,071  
      Asset backed securities   7,764     9,224     10,455     12,721     14,285  
      Other securities   66,105     65,745     39,190     38,464     40,539  
      Trading securities (3)   82,445     83,529     58,685     22,362     22,258  
      Total securities $ 1,220,980   $ 1,200,698   $ 1,146,249   $ 1,033,402   $ 1,032,064  
      Less allowance for credit losses   263     263     203     203     203  
      Net securities $ 1,220,717   $ 1,200,435   $ 1,146,046   $ 1,033,199   $ 1,031,861  
                 
      ANALYSIS OF DEPOSITS          
      Deposit mix:          
      Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 963,851   $ 921,160   $ 969,348   $ 956,445   $ 955,167  
      Interest-bearing demand deposits   5,119,601     4,828,216     4,715,087     4,644,918     4,714,555  
      Time deposits   951,606     953,496     942,847     859,593     875,491  
      Brokered deposits   302,332     358,315     357,351     303,711     261,562  
      Total deposits $ 7,337,390   $ 7,061,187   $ 6,984,633   $ 6,764,667   $ 6,806,775  
                 
      ANALYSIS OF BORROWINGS          
      Borrowings mix:          
      Term FHLB advances $ 145,383   $ 145,383   $ 145,383   $ 135,000   $ 135,000  
      Overnight FHLB advances   –     140,000     230,000     350,000     70,000  
      Other short-term borrowings   2,050     1,800     2,750     1,600     2,700  
      Subordinated notes   233,595     233,489     233,383     233,276     233,170  
      Junior subordinated debentures   48,893     48,860     48,828     48,795     48,763  
      Total borrowings $ 429,921   $ 569,532   $ 660,344   $ 768,671   $ 489,633  
                 
    (1 ) Loans with a fair value of $0 million, $0 million, $165.9 million, $243.2 million and $274.8 million have been identified for securitization and are included in LHFS at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2 ) Loan categories with significant LIHTC loan balances have been broken out separately. Total LIHTC balances within the loan/lease portfolio were $2.2 billion at March 31, 2025.
    (3 ) Trading securities consisted of retained beneficial interests acquired in conjunction with Freddie Mac securitizations completed by the Company.
                 
    QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                 
        For the Quarter Ended
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024  2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
    INCOME STATEMENT            
    Interest income   $ 116,673   $ 121,642   $ 125,420   $ 119,746 $ 115,049  
    Interest expense     56,687     60,438     65,698     63,583   60,350  
    Net interest income     59,986     61,204     59,722     56,163   54,699  
    Provision for credit losses     4,234     5,149     3,484     5,496   2,969  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   $ 55,752   $ 56,055   $ 56,238   $ 50,667 $ 51,730  
                 
                 
    Trust fees (1)   $ 3,686   $ 3,456   $ 3,270   $ 3,103 $ 3,199  
    Investment advisory and management fees (1)     1,254     1,320     1,229     1,214   1,101  
    Deposit service fees     2,183     2,228     2,294     1,986   2,022  
    Gains on sales of residential real estate loans, net     297     734     385     540   382  
    Gains on sales of government guaranteed portions of loans, net     61     49     –     12   24  
    Capital markets revenue     6,516     20,552     16,290     17,758   16,457  
    Earnings on bank-owned life insurance     524     797     814     2,964   868  
    Debit card fees     1,488     1,555     1,575     1,571   1,466  
    Correspondent banking fees     614     560     507     510   512  
    Loan related fee income     898     950     949     962   836  
    Fair value gain (loss) on derivatives and trading securities     (1,007 )   (1,781 )   (886 )   51   (163 )
    Other     378     205     730     218   154  
    Total noninterest income   $ 16,892   $ 30,625   $ 27,157   $ 30,889 $ 26,858  
                 
                 
    Salaries and employee benefits   $ 27,364   $ 33,610   $ 31,637   $ 31,079 $ 31,860  
    Occupancy and equipment expense     6,455     6,354     6,168     6,377   6,514  
    Professional and data processing fees     5,144     5,480     4,457     4,823   4,613  
    Restructuring expense     –     –     1,954     –   –  
    FDIC insurance, other insurance and regulatory fees     1,970     1,934     1,711     1,854   1,945  
    Loan/lease expense     381     513     587     151   378  
    Net cost of (income from) and gains/losses on operations of other real estate     (9 )   23     (42 )   28   (30 )
    Advertising and marketing     1,613     1,886     2,124     1,565   1,483  
    Communication and data connectivity     290     345     333     318   401  
    Supplies     207     252     278     259   275  
    Bank service charges     596     635     603     622   568  
    Correspondent banking expense     329     328     325     363   305  
    Intangibles amortization     661     691     690     690   690  
    Goodwill impairment     –     –     431     –   –  
    Payment card processing     594     516     785     706   646  
    Trust expense     357     381     395     379   425  
    Other     587     551     1,129     674   617  
    Total noninterest expense   $ 46,539   $ 53,499   $ 53,565   $ 49,888 $ 50,690  
                 
    Net income before income taxes   $ 26,105   $ 33,181   $ 29,830   $ 31,668 $ 27,898  
    Federal and state income tax expense     308     2,956     2,045     2,554   1,172  
    Net income   $ 25,797   $ 30,225   $ 27,785   $ 29,114 $ 26,726  
                 
    Basic EPS   $ 1.53   $ 1.80   $ 1.65   $ 1.73 $ 1.59  
    Diluted EPS   $ 1.52   $ 1.77   $ 1.64   $ 1.72 $ 1.58  
                 
                 
    Weighted average common shares outstanding     16,900,785     16,871,652     16,846,200     16,814,814   16,783,348  
    Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding   17,013,992     17,024,481     16,982,400     16,921,854   16,910,675  
                 
    (1) Trust fees and investment advisory and management fees when combined are referred to as wealth management revenue.
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                 
        As of and for the Quarter Ended
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
      COMMON SHARE DATA          
      Common shares outstanding   16,920,363     16,882,045     16,861,108     16,824,985     16,807,056  
      Book value per common share (1) $ 60.44   $ 59.08   $ 57.92   $ 55.65   $ 53.99  
      Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) (2) $ 51.64   $ 50.21   $ 49.00   $ 46.65   $ 44.93  
      Closing stock price $ 71.32   $ 80.64   $ 74.03   $ 60.00   $ 60.74  
      Market capitalization $ 1,206,760   $ 1,361,368   $ 1,248,228   $ 1,009,499   $ 1,020,861  
      Market price / book value   117.99 %   136.49 %   127.81 %   107.82 %   112.51 %
      Market price / tangible book value   138.11 %   160.59 %   151.07 %   128.62 %   135.18 %
      Earnings per common share (basic) LTM (3) $ 6.71   $ 6.77   $ 6.93   $ 6.78   $ 6.75  
      Price earnings ratio LTM (3) 10.63 x 11.91 x 10.68 x 8.85 x 9.00 x
      TCE / TA (Non-GAAP) (4)   9.70 %   9.55 %   9.24 %   9.00 %   8.94 %
                 
                 
      CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
      Beginning balance $ 997,387   $ 976,620   $ 936,319   $ 907,342   $ 886,596  
      Net income   25,797     30,225     27,785     29,114     26,726  
      Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax   404     (9,628 )   12,057     (368 )   (5,373 )
      Common stock cash dividends declared   (1,015 )   (1,013 )   (1,012 )   (1,008 )   (1,008 )
      Other (5)   174     1,183     1,471     1,239     401  
      Ending balance $ 1,022,747   $ 997,387   $ 976,620   $ 936,319   $ 907,342  
                 
                 
      REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS (6):          
      Total risk-based capital ratio   14.16 %   14.10 %   13.87 %   14.21 %   14.30 %
      Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   10.79 %   10.57 %   10.33 %   10.49 %   10.50 %
      Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   11.06 %   10.73 %   10.50 %   10.40 %   10.33 %
      Common equity tier 1 ratio   10.26 %   10.03 %   9.79 %   9.92 %   9.91 %
                 
                 
      KEY PERFORMANCE RATIOS AND OTHER METRICS          
      Return on average assets (annualized)   1.14 %   1.34 %   1.24 %   1.33 %   1.25 %
      Return on average total equity (annualized)   10.14 %   12.15 %   11.55 %   12.63 %   11.83 %
      Net interest margin   2.95 %   2.95 %   2.90 %   2.82 %   2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)(7)   3.42 %   3.43 %   3.37 %   3.27 %   3.25 %
      Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP) (8)   60.54 %   58.26 %   61.65 %   57.31 %   62.15 %
      Gross loans/leases held for investment / total assets   74.53 %   75.14 %   73.30 %   74.48 %   74.11 %
      Gross loans/leases held for investment / total deposits   92.96 %   96.05 %   95.38 %   97.69 %   93.63 %
      Effective tax rate   1.18 %   8.91 %   6.86 %   8.06 %   4.20 %
      Full-time equivalent employees   972     980     976     988     986  
                 
                 
      AVERAGE BALANCES          
      Assets $ 9,015,439   $ 9,050,280   $ 8,968,653   $ 8,776,002   $ 8,550,855  
      Loans/leases   6,790,312     6,839,153     6,840,527     6,779,075     6,598,614  
      Deposits   7,146,286     7,109,567     6,858,196     6,687,188     6,595,453  
      Total stockholders’ equity   1,017,487     995,012     962,302     921,986     903,371  
                 
                 
    (1 ) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).    
    (2 ) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and excludes intangible assets. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.
    (3 ) LTM : Last twelve months.     
    (4 ) TCE / TCA : tangible common equity / total tangible assets. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.  
    (5 ) Includes mostly common stock issued for options exercised and the employee stock purchase plan, as well as stock-based compensation.
    (6 ) Ratios for the current quarter are subject to change upon final calculation for regulatory filings due after earnings release.
    (7 ) TEY : Tax equivalent yield. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.
    (8 ) See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.     
                 
    QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                               
                               
      ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME AND MARGIN                  
                               
          For the Quarter Ended
          March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
          Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned or
    Paid
    Average
    Yield or Cost
      Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned or
    Paid
    Average
    Yield or Cost
      Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned or
    Paid
    Average
    Yield or Cost
                               
          (dollars in thousands)
                               
      Fed funds sold   $ 9,009 $ 99 4.40 %   $ 5,617 $ 67 4.68 %   $ 19,955 $ 269 5.42 %
      Interest-bearing deposits at financial institutions   166,897   1,804 4.38 %     158,151   1,823 4.59 %     91,557   1,200 5.27 %
      Investment securities – taxable   400,779   4,588 4.59 %     375,552   4,230 4.49 %     373,540   4,261 4.55 %
      Investment securities – nontaxable (1)   843,476   11,722 5.57 %     829,544   12,286 5.92 %     685,969   9,349 5.45 %
      Restricted investment securities   30,562   534 6.99 %     33,173   608 7.17 %     38,085   674 7.00 %
      Loans (1)     6,790,312   107,439 6.42 %     6,839,153   112,325 6.53 %     6,598,614   107,673 6.56 %
      Total earning assets (1) $ 8,241,035 $ 126,186 6.20 %   $ 8,241,190 $ 131,339 6.34 %   $ 7,807,720 $ 123,426 6.35 %
                               
      Interest-bearing deposits $ 5,005,853 $ 37,698 3.05 %   $ 4,881,914 $ 39,408 3.21 %   $ 4,529,325 $ 39,072 3.47 %
      Time deposits     1,204,593   12,690 4.27 %     1,248,412   13,868 4.42 %     1,107,622   12,345 4.48 %
      Short-term borrowings   1,839   18 3.97 %     1,862   22 4.67 %     1,763   23 5.16 %
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances   177,883   1,996 4.49 %     236,525   2,802 4.64 %     355,220   4,738 5.28 %
      Subordinated debentures   233,525   3,601 6.17 %     233,419   3,636 6.23 %     233,101   3,480 5.97 %
      Junior subordinated debentures   48,871   684 5.60 %     48,839   701 5.62 %     48,742   692 5.62 %
      Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 6,672,564 $ 56,687 3.44 %   $ 6,650,971 $ 60,437 3.61 %   $ 6,275,773 $ 60,350 3.86 %
                               
      Net interest income (1)   $ 69,499       $ 70,902       $ 63,076  
      Net interest margin (2)     2.95 %       2.95 %       2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.42 %       3.43 %       3.25 %
      Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.41 %       3.40 %       3.24 %
      Cost of funds (4)       3.02 %       3.15 %       3.35 %
                               
                               
    (1 ) Includes nontaxable securities and loans. Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate. 
    (2 ) See “Select Financial Data – Subsidiaries” for a breakdown of amortization/accretion included in net interest margin for each period presented.
    (3 ) TEY : Tax equivalent yield. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.
    (4 ) Cost of funds includes the effect of noninterest-bearing deposits.
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
                 
        As of
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
      ROLLFORWARD OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES ON LOANS/LEASES          
      Beginning balance $ 89,841   $ 86,321   $ 87,706   $ 84,470   $ 87,200  
      Change in ACL for transfer of loans to LHFS   –     93     (1,812 )   498     (3,377 )
      Credit loss expense   4,743     6,832     3,828     4,343     3,736  
      Loans/leases charged off   (4,944 )   (4,787 )   (3,871 )   (1,751 )   (3,560 )
      Recoveries on loans/leases previously charged off   714     1,382     470     146     471  
      Ending balance $ 90,354   $ 89,841   $ 86,321   $ 87,706   $ 84,470  
                 
                 
      NONPERFORMING ASSETS          
      Nonaccrual loans/leases $ 47,259   $ 40,080   $ 33,480   $ 33,546   $ 29,439  
      Accruing loans/leases past due 90 days or more   356     4,270     1,298     87     142  
      Total nonperforming loans/leases   47,615     44,350     34,778     33,633     29,581  
      Other real estate owned   402     661     369     369     784  
      Other repossessed assets   122     543     542     512     962  
      Total nonperforming assets $ 48,139   $ 45,554   $ 35,689   $ 34,514   $ 31,327  
                 
                 
      ASSET QUALITY RATIOS          
      Nonperforming assets / total assets   0.53 %   0.50 %   0.39 %   0.39 %   0.36 %
      ACL for loans and leases / total loans/leases held for investment   1.32 %   1.32 %   1.30 %   1.33 %   1.33 %
      ACL for loans and leases / nonperforming loans/leases   189.76 %   202.57 %   248.21 %   260.77 %   285.55 %
      Net charge-offs as a % of average loans/leases   0.06 %   0.05 %   0.05 %   0.02 %   0.05 %
                 
                 
                 
      INTERNALLY ASSIGNED RISK RATING (1)          
      Special mention $ 55,327   $ 73,636   $ 80,121   $ 85,096   $ 111,729  
      Substandard (2)   85,033     84,930     70,022     80,345     70,841  
      Doubtful (2)   –     –     –     –     –  
      Total Criticized loans (3) $ 140,360   $ 158,566   $ 150,143   $ 165,441   $ 182,570  
                 
      Classified loans as a % of total loans/leases (2)   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.03 %   1.17 %   1.07 %
      Total Criticized loans as a % of total loans/leases (3)   2.06 %   2.34 %   2.20 %   2.41 %   2.75 %
                 
    (1 ) Amounts exclude the government guaranteed portion, if any. The Company assigns internal risk ratings of Pass for the government guaranteed portion.
    (2 ) Classified loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 10 or 11, regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Substandard or Doubtful.
    (3 ) Total Criticized loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 9, 10, or 11 , regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Special Mention, Substandard, or Doubtful.
                                     
    QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                   
                   
          For the Quarter Ended
          March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
      SELECT FINANCIAL DATA – SUBSIDIARIES    2025     2024     2024 
          (dollars in thousands)
                   
      TOTAL ASSETS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $ 2,777,634     $ 2,588,587     $ 2,618,727  
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     276,096       310,915       350,801  
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     2,617,143       2,614,570       2,423,936  
      Community State Bank     1,583,646       1,531,559       1,445,230  
      Guaranty Bank     2,331,944       2,342,958       2,327,985  
                   
      TOTAL DEPOSITS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $ 2,397,047     $ 2,126,566     $ 2,161,515  
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     1,883,952       1,882,487       1,757,353  
      Community State Bank     1,238,307       1,256,938       1,187,926  
      Guaranty Bank     1,840,774       1,824,139       1,743,514  
                   
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $ 2,041,181     $ 2,048,926     $ 2,046,038  
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     284,983       320,237       354,815  
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     1,790,065       1,761,467       1,680,127  
      Community State Bank     1,197,005       1,159,389       1,113,070  
      Guaranty Bank     1,794,915       1,814,622       1,809,101  
                   
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL DEPOSITS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     85 %     96 %     95 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     95 %     94 %     96 %
      Community State Bank     97 %     92 %     94 %
      Guaranty Bank     98 %     99 %     104 %
                   
                   
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL ASSETS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     73 %     79 %     78 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     68 %     67 %     69 %
      Community State Bank     76 %     76 %     77 %
      Guaranty Bank     77 %     77 %     78 %
                   
      ACL ON LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT AS A PERCENTAGE OF LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     1.44 %     1.49 %     1.40 %
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     4.37 %     4.22 %     3.75 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     1.38 %     1.44 %     1.34 %
      Community State Bank     1.08 %     0.98 %     1.12 %
      Guaranty Bank     1.30 %     1.25 %     1.15 %
                   
      RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS (ANNUALIZED)            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     1.31 %     1.09 %     0.79 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     2.14 %     3.12 %     3.09 %
      Community State Bank     1.07 %     1.30 %     1.25 %
      Guaranty Bank     0.72 %     0.91 %     0.88 %
                   
      NET INTEREST MARGIN PERCENTAGE (2)            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     3.45 %     3.53 %     3.31 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     4.00 %     3.95 %     3.77 %
      Community State Bank     3.78 %     3.77 %     3.75 %
      Guaranty Bank (3)     3.05 %     3.18 %     2.98 %
                   
      ACQUISITION-RELATED AMORTIZATION/ACCRETION INCLUDED IN NET        
      INTEREST MARGIN, NET            
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust   $ –     $ –     $ –  
      Community State Bank     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
      Guaranty Bank     218       504       396  
      QCR Holdings, Inc. (4)     (33 )     (32 )     (32 )
                   
    (1 ) Quad City Bank and Trust amounts include m2 Equipment Finance, LLC, as this entity is wholly-owned and consolidated with the Bank. m2 Equipment Finance, LLC is also presented separately for certain (applicable) measurements.
    (2 ) Includes nontaxable securities and loans. Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.
    (3 ) Guaranty Bank’s net interest margin percentage includes various purchase accounting adjustments. Excluding those adjustments, net interest margin (Non-GAAP) would have been 2.91% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, 2.97% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 and 2.91% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    (4 ) Relates to the trust preferred securities acquired as part of the Guaranty Bank acquisition in 2017 and the Community National Bank acquisition in 2013.
         
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                           
          As of
          March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
      GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS    2025     2024     2024     2024     2024 
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
      TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY TO TANGIBLE ASSETS RATIO (1)                    
                           
      Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 1,022,747     $ 997,387     $ 976,620     $ 936,319     $ 907,342  
      Less: Intangible assets     148,995       149,657       150,347       151,468       152,158  
      Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 873,752     $ 847,730     $ 826,273     $ 784,851     $ 755,184  
                           
      Total assets (GAAP)   $ 9,152,779     $ 9,026,030     $ 9,088,565     $ 8,871,991     $ 8,599,549  
      Less: Intangible assets     148,995       149,657       150,347       151,468       152,158  
      Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 9,003,784     $ 8,876,373     $ 8,938,218     $ 8,720,523     $ 8,447,391  
                           
      Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP)   9.70 %     9.55 %     9.24 %     9.00 %     8.94 %
                           
                           
    (1 ) This ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management believes that this measurement is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes period-to-period in common equity. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to stockholders’ equity and total assets, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                           
      GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS   For the Quarter Ended
          March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
      ADJUSTED NET INCOME (1)    2025     2024     2024     2024     2024 
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                           
      Net income (GAAP)   $ 25,797     $ 30,225     $ 27,785     $ 29,114     $ 26,726  
                           
      Less non-core items (post-tax) (2):                    
      Income:                    
      Fair value loss on derivatives, net     (156 )     (2,594 )     (542 )     (145 )     (144 )
      Total non-core income (non-GAAP)   $ (156 )   $ (2,594 )   $ (542 )   $ (145 )   $ (144 )
                           
      Expense:                    
      Goodwill impairment     –       –       431       –       –  
      Restructuring expense     –       –       1,544       –       –  
      Total non-core expense (non-GAAP)   $ –     $ –     $ 1,975     $ –     $ –  
                           
                           
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (1)   $ 25,953     $ 32,819     $ 30,302     $ 29,259     $ 26,870  
                           
      ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (1)                    
                           
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above)   $ 25,953     $ 32,819     $ 30,302     $ 29,259     $ 26,870  
                           
      Weighted average common shares outstanding     16,900,785       16,871,652       16,846,200       16,814,814       16,783,348  
      Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding     17,013,992       17,024,481       16,982,400       16,921,854       16,910,675  
                           
      Adjusted earnings per common share (non-GAAP):                    
      Basic   $ 1.54     $ 1.95     $ 1.80     $ 1.74     $ 1.60  
      Diluted   $ 1.53     $ 1.93     $ 1.78     $ 1.73     $ 1.59  
                           
      ADJUSTED RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS AND AVERAGE EQUITY (1)                    
                           
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above)   $ 25,953     $ 32,819     $ 30,302     $ 29,259     $ 26,870  
                           
      Average Assets   $ 9,015,439     $ 9,050,280     $ 8,968,653     $ 8,776,002     $ 8,550,855  
                           
      Adjusted return on average assets (annualized) (non-GAAP)     1.15 %     1.45 %     1.35 %     1.33 %     1.26 %
      Adjusted return on average equity (annualized) (non-GAAP)     10.20 %     13.19 %     12.60 %     12.69 %     11.90 %
                           
      NET INTEREST MARGIN (TEY) (3)                    
                           
      Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 59,986     $ 61,204     $ 59,722     $ 56,163     $ 54,699  
      Plus: Tax equivalent adjustment (4)     9,513       9,698       9,544       8,914       8,377  
      Net interest income – tax equivalent (Non-GAAP)   $ 69,499     $ 70,902     $ 69,266     $ 65,077     $ 63,076  
      Less: Acquisition accounting net accretion     184       471       463       268       363  
      Adjusted net interest income   $ 69,315     $ 70,431     $ 68,803     $ 64,809     $ 62,713  
                           
      Average earning assets   $ 8,241,035     $ 8,241,190     $ 8,183,196     $ 7,999,044     $ 7,807,720  
                           
      Net interest margin (GAAP)     2.95 %     2.95 %     2.90 %     2.82 %     2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)     3.42 %     3.43 %     3.37 %     3.27 %     3.25 %
      Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)     3.41 %     3.40 %     3.34 %     3.26 %     3.24 %
                           
      EFFICIENCY RATIO (5)                    
                           
      Noninterest expense (GAAP)   $ 46,539     $ 53,499     $ 53,565     $ 49,888     $ 50,690  
                           
      Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 59,986     $ 61,204     $ 59,722     $ 56,163     $ 54,699  
      Noninterest income (GAAP)     16,892       30,625       27,157       30,889       26,858  
      Total income   $ 76,878     $ 91,829     $ 86,879     $ 87,052     $ 81,557  
                           
      Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense/total income) (Non-GAAP)     60.54 %     58.26 %     61.65 %     57.31 %     62.15 %
      Adjusted efficiency ratio (core noninterest expense/core total income) (Non-GAAP)     60.38 %     56.25 %     58.45 %     57.19 %     62.01 %
                           
    (1 ) Adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per common share, adjusted return on average assets and average equity are non-GAAP financial measures. The Company’s management believes that these measurements are important to investors as they exclude non-core or non-recurring income and expense items, therefore, they provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, these non-GAAP measures are reconciled to net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
    (2 ) Non-core or non-recurring items (post-tax) are calculated using an estimated effective federal tax rate of 21% with the exception of goodwill impairment which is not deductible for tax.
    (3 ) Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.        
    (4 ) Net interest margin (TEY) is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management utilizes this measurement to take into account the tax benefit associated with certain loans and securities. It is also standard industry practice to measure net interest margin using tax-equivalent measures. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to net interest income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. In addition, the Company calculates net interest margin without the impact of acquisition accounting net accretion as this can fluctuate and it’s difficult to provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods.
    (5 ) Efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure. The Company’s management utilizes this ratio to compare to industry peers. The ratio is used to calculate overhead as a percentage of revenue. In compliance with the applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to noninterest expense, net interest income and noninterest income, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

    The MIL Network –

    April 23, 2025
←Previous Page
1 … 364 365 366 367 368 … 735
Next Page→
NewzIntel.com

NewzIntel.com

MIL Open Source Intelligence

  • Blog
  • About
  • FAQs
  • Authors
  • Events
  • Shop
  • Patterns
  • Themes

Twenty Twenty-Five

Designed with WordPress